cs8 test sets - spirent...the information contained in this document is subject to change without...
TRANSCRIPT
CS8 Test Sets Reference Manual
Spirent 541 Industrial Way West Eatontown, NJ07724USA
Email: [email protected] Web:http://www.spirent.com
AMERICAS1-800-SPIRENT •+1-818-676-2683 •[email protected] EUROPE AND THE MIDDLE EAST+44 (0) 1293 767979 •[email protected] ASIA AND THE PACIFIC +86-10-8518-2539 •[email protected]
This manual applies to CS8 Version 1.00 or higher.
Page Part Number: 71-006770, Version A0
Copyright© 2012 Spirent. All Rights Reserved.
All of the company names and/or brand names and/or product names referred to in this document, in particular, the name “Spirent” and its logo device, are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Spirent plc and its subsidiaries, pending registration in accordance with relevant national laws. All other registered trademarks or trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of Spirent. The information in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable; however, Spirent assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in the document.
Table of Contents
1. Introduction .......................................................................................... 1
1.1. Overview ...................................................................................... 1
1.2. Acronyms ..................................................................................... 1
1.3. References .................................................................................... 1
2. CS8-TS-LTE-NAS .................................................................................... 4
2.1. Attach in EPS: Test 1101 ............................................................... 4
2.1.1. Test Purpose ...................................................................................... 4
2.1.2. Conformance Requirement ................................................................. 4
2.1.3. Test Description ................................................................................. 4
2.1.4. Specific Message Content ................................................................... 6
2.2. Attach in EPS:Test 1102 ................................................................ 6
2.2.1. Test Purpose ...................................................................................... 7
2.2.2. Conformance Requirement ................................................................. 7
2.2.3. Test Description ................................................................................. 7
2.3. Attach in EPS:Test 1115 ................................................................ 9
2.3.1. Test Purpose ...................................................................................... 9
2.3.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 10
2.3.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 10
2.4. Attach in EPS:Test 1116 .............................................................. 12
2.4.1. Test Purpose ..................................................................................... 13
2.4.2. Conformance Requirement ................................................................ 13
2.4.3. Test Description ................................................................................ 13
2.5. Attach in EPS:Test 1117 .............................................................. 16
2.5.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 16
2.5.2. Conformance Requirement ................................................................ 17
2.5.3. Test Description ................................................................................ 17
2.6. Attach in EPS: Test 1119 ............................................................. 21
2.6.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 21
2.6.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 21
2.6.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 22
ii | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.7. Attach in EPS:Test 1120 .............................................................. 23
2.7.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 23
2.7.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 23
2.7.3. TestDescription ................................................................................ 23
2.8. Attach in EPS:Test 1121 .............................................................. 28
2.8.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 28
2.8.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 28
2.8.3. TestDescription ................................................................................ 28
2.9. Attach in EPS:Test 1124 .............................................................. 30
2.9.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 30
2.9.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 30
2.9.3. Test Description ................................................................................ 31
2.10. Attach in EPS:Test 1126 .............................................................. 33
2.10.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 33
2.10.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 33
2.10.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 34
2.11. Attach in EPS:Test 1127 .............................................................. 35
2.11.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 35
2.11.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 36
2.11.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 36
2.12. Attach in EPS:Test 1129 .............................................................. 38
2.12.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 38
2.12.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 38
2.12.3. TestDescription ................................................................................ 39
2.13. Attach Failurein EPS: Test 1201 ................................................... 40
2.13.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 40
2.13.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 41
2.13.3. TestDescription ................................................................................ 41
2.14. Attach Failurein EPS:Test 1204 .................................................... 43
2.14.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 43
2.14.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 43
2.14.3. TestDescription ................................................................................ 43
2.15. Attach Failurein EPS:Test 1207 .................................................... 44
2.15.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 44
Table of Contents | iii
2.15.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 45
2.15.3. TestDescription ................................................................................ 45
2.16. Attach Failurein EPS:Test 1208 .................................................... 46
2.16.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 46
2.16.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 47
2.16.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 47
2.17. Combined Attach: Test 1304 ....................................................... 48
2.17.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 48
2.17.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 48
2.17.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 49
2.18. Combined Attach:Test 1305 ........................................................ 51
2.18.1. Test Purpose ..................................................................................... 51
2.18.2. Conformance Requirement ................................................................ 51
2.18.3. Test Description ................................................................................ 51
2.19. Detach: Test 1406 ....................................................................... 52
2.19.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 52
2.19.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 53
2.19.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 53
2.20. Detach: Test 1407 ....................................................................... 56
2.20.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 56
2.20.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................ 56
2.20.3. Test Description ............................................................................ 56
2.21. Detach: Test 1408 ....................................................................... 58
2.21.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 58
2.21.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 58
2.21.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 58
2.22. Authentication: Test 1505 ........................................................... 60
2.22.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 60
2.22.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 60
2.22.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 60
2.23. Service Request: Test 1704 ......................................................... 61
2.23.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 61
2.23.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 61
2.23.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 62
iv | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.24. Service Request:Test 1705 .......................................................... 63
2.24.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 63
2.24.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 64
2.24.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 64
2.25. Service Request: Test 1706 ......................................................... 65
2.25.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 65
2.25.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 66
2.25.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 66
3. CS8-TS-LTE-WCDMA-RRM .................................................................... 68
3.1. LTE to UMTS Reselection: Test 2101 ............................................. 68
3.1.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 68
3.1.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 68
3.1.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 70
3.2. LTE to UMTS Reselection: Test 2103 ............................................. 72
3.2.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 72
3.2.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 72
3.2.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 73
3.3. LTE to UMTS Redirection: Test 2201 ............................................. 75
3.3.1. Test Purpose .....................................................................................75
3.3.2. Conformance Requirement ................................................................75
3.3.3. TestDescription .................................................................................75
3.4. LTE to UMTS Redirection: Test 2203 ............................................. 78
3.4.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 78
3.4.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 78
3.4.3. TestDescription ................................................................................ 78
3.5. LTE to UMTS Redirection: Test 2207 ............................................. 81
3.5.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 81
3.5.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 81
3.5.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 82
3.6. UMTS to LTE Reselection: Test 2403 ............................................. 84
3.6.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 84
3.6.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 84
3.6.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 85
3.7. UMTS to LTE Redirection: Test 2501 ............................................. 87
Table of Contents | v
3.7.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 87
3.7.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 87
3.7.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 87
3.8. UMTS to LTE Redirection: Test 2503 ............................................. 89
3.8.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 89
3.8.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 89
3.8.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 89
3.9. UMTS to LTE Redirection: Test 2507 ............................................. 91
3.9.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 91
3.9.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 91
3.9.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 92
3.10. Stress Testing – LTE-UMTS: Test 2703 ......................................... 93
3.10.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 93
3.10.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 94
3.10.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 94
3.11. Stress Testing – LTE-UMTS: Test 2704 ......................................... 95
3.11.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 95
3.11.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 95
3.11.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 96
3.12. LTE to UMTS Cell Reselection: Test 2705 ...................................... 97
3.12.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................... 97
3.12.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................... 97
3.12.3. Test Description ............................................................................... 97
3.13. UE Reselection from LTE to UMTS Cell: Test 2707........................ 100
3.13.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 100
3.13.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 100
3.13.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 100
3.14. LTE to UMTS(R99) Redirection with Fading and Noise: Test 2709 . 102
3.14.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 102
3.14.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 103
3.14.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 103
3.15. LTE to HSPA/HSUPA Redirection: Test 2711 ............................... 105
3.15.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 105
3.15.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 105
3.15.3. TestDescription .............................................................................. 106
vi | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.16. Redirection LTE to UMTS: Test 2730 ........................................... 108
3.16.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 108
3.16.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 108
3.16.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 108
3.17. Reselection from LTE to UMTS: Test 2731 ................................... 112
3.17.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 112
3.17.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 112
3.17.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 112
3.18. UE Redirection from UMTS: Test 2732 ........................................ 116
3.18.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 116
3.18.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 116
3.18.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 116
3.19. UE Reselects from UMTS to LTE: Test 2733 ................................. 119
3.19.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 119
3.19.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 120
3.19.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 120
4. CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS .................................................................. 124
4.1. LTE to UMTS: Test 2302 ............................................................. 124
4.1.1. Test Purpose ...................................................................................124
4.1.2. Conformance Requirement ..............................................................124
4.1.3. Test Description ..............................................................................124
4.2. LTE to UMTS: Test 2304 ............................................................. 128
4.2.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 128
4.2.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 128
4.2.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 129
4.3. LTE to UMTS: Test 2301 ............................................................. 131
4.3.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 132
4.3.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 132
4.3.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 132
4.4. LTE to UMTS Test: 2308 ............................................................. 135
4.4.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 135
4.4.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 135
4.4.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 135
4.5. LTE to UMTS Active Handover with Fading: Test 2713.................. 138
Table of Contents | vii
4.5.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 138
4.5.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 138
4.5.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 138
4.6. LTE to UMTS Active Handover with Fading: Test 2716.................. 141
4.6.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 141
4.6.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 141
4.6.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 141
4.7. LTE to HSPA+ Redirection with Measurement Gap: Test 2206 ...... 143
4.7.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 143
4.7.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 144
4.7.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 144
4.8. LTE to HSPA+ Redirection with Measurement Gap: Test 2738 ...... 147
4.8.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 147
4.8.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 148
4.8.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 148
4.9. LTE to HSPA+ Handover with Measurement Gap: Test 2310 ........ 150
4.9.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 150
4.9.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 151
4.9.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 151
4.10. LTE to HSPA+ Handover with Measurement Gap: Test 2740 ........ 154
4.10.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 154
4.10.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 154
4.10.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 154
4.11. LTE to HSPA+: Test 2205 ........................................................... 157
4.11.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 157
4.11.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 157
4.11.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 157
4.12. LTE to HSPA+ Handover without Measurement Gap: Test 2305 ... 160
4.12.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 160
4.12.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 160
4.12.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 160
4.13. LTE to HSPA+ Reselection: Test 2104 ......................................... 163
4.13.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 163
4.13.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 163
4.13.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 164
viii | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
5. CS8-TS-LTE-IDLE ................................................................................ 167
5.1. Cell Selection Intra E-UTRAN: Test 3601 ..................................... 167
5.1.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 167
5.1.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 167
5.1.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 167
5.2. Cell Selection Intra E-UTRAN: Test 3602 ..................................... 169
5.2.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 169
5.2.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 170
5.2.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 170
5.3. Cell Selection Intra E-UTRAN: Test 3603 ..................................... 172
5.3.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 172
5.3.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 173
5.3.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 173
5.4. Cell Reselection: Test 3612 ....................................................... 175
5.4.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 175
5.4.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 175
5.4.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 176
6. CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-GSMA .................................................................. 178
6.1. SIP Registration Procedure: Test 4101 ....................................... 178
6.1.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 178
6.1.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 178
6.1.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 178
6.2. SIP Registration Procedure: Test 4102 ....................................... 180
6.2.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 180
6.2.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 180
6.2.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 180
6.3. Authentication/Security: Test 4201 ........................................... 182
6.3.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 182
6.3.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 182
6.3.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 182
6.4. Authentication/Security: Test 4204 ........................................... 184
6.4.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 184
6.4.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 184
6.4.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 184
Table of Contents | ix
6.5. Authentication/Security: Test 4205 ........................................... 186
6.5.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 186
6.5.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 186
6.5.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 187
6.6. Call Establishment and Termination: Test 4301 .......................... 188
6.6.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 188
6.6.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 189
6.6.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 189
6.7. Call Establishment and Termination: Test 4302 .......................... 193
6.7.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 193
6.7.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 193
6.7.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 193
7. CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC .................................................................... 197
7.1. Voice Call: Test 4601 ................................................................. 197
7.1.1. Test Purpose ................................................................................... 197
7.1.2. Conformance Requirement .............................................................. 197
7.1.3. Test Description .............................................................................. 197
7.2. Voice Call: Test 4602 ................................................................. 203
7.2.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 203
7.2.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 203
7.2.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 203
7.2.4. Test Procedure Sequence ............................................................... 203
7.3. Voice Call: Test 4603 ................................................................. 210
7.3.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 210
7.3.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 210
7.3.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 210
7.4. Voice Call: Test 4604 ................................................................. 216
7.4.1. Test Purpose .................................................................................. 216
7.4.2. Conformance Requirement ............................................................. 216
7.4.3. Test Description ............................................................................. 216
8. Appendix A ........................................................................................ 224
8.1. Generic Test Procedure ............................................................. 224
8.1.1. UE Registration Procedure .............................................................. 224
8.1.2. UE Registration with Test Mode Activation ...................................... 227
x | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
8.1.3. Generic Radio Bearer Establishment ............................................... 228
8.1.4. Tracking Area Update ...................................................................... 231
9. Appendix B ........................................................................................ 232
9.1. RRC and NAS Messages with Default Parameters ........................ 232
9.1.1. RRCConnectionRequest .................................................................. 232
9.1.2. RRCConnectionSetup ...................................................................... 232
9.1.3. RRCConnectionSetupComplete ....................................................... 233
9.1.4. RRCConnectionReconfiguration ...................................................... 233
10. Appendix C (Pre-Conditions) ............................................... 250
10.1. Network Configurations ............................................................. 250
10.1.1. Operating Bands ............................................................................ 250
10.1.2. Mapping of E-UTRA Bands to Bandwidth .......................................... 251
10.1.3. PLMN Association with MCC and MNC ............................................. 252
10.1.4. PLMN Mapping to Cell .................................................................... 252
10.1.5. General Network Configuration ....................................................... 253
10.1.6. General Cell Configuration .............................................................. 253
10.1.7. Radio Link Parameters .................................................................... 254
10.1.8. UE Categories ................................................................................. 254
10.1.9. UE Categories UL Parameter Support .............................................. 254
10.1.10. Default NAS Parameters for Simulated Cells ................................ 255
10.1.11. Network Configuration for Simulated NAS Cell ............................ 256
10.1.12. Reference Dedicated EPS Bearer Contexts .................................... 257
10.1.13. UTRAN Cell Configuration ........................................................... 259
10.1.14. UTRAN Test Frequency ................................................................ 260
10.1.15. Suitable/Non-Suitable EUTRAN Cell Parameters .......................... 260
10.1.16. Suitable/Non-Suitable UTRAN Cell Parameters ........................... 260
10.1.17. UTRA Reference Radio Parameters and Combinations ................. 260
10.1.18. MIB ............................................................................................ 261
10.1.19. SystemInformationBlockType1 ................................................... 262
10.1.20. SystemInformationBlockType2 ................................................... 264
10.1.21. RadioResourceConfigCommon-DEFAULT ..................................... 265
10.1.22. BCCH-Config-DEFAULT ............................................................... 266
10.1.23. CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ........................................................ 266
10.1.24. DRB-ToAddModList-RECONFIG ................................................... 267
Table of Contents | xi
10.1.25. PCCH-Config-DEFAULT ................................................................ 267
10.1.26. PHICH-Config-DEFAULT .............................................................. 268
10.1.27. PDSCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ................................................ 268
10.1.28. PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT .............................................. 269
10.1.29. PRACH-Config-DEFAULT ............................................................. 269
10.1.30. PUCCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT................................................. 271
10.1.31. PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ............................................... 271
10.1.32. PUSCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ................................................ 272
10.1.33. PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT .............................................. 272
10.1.34. RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT .................................................. 273
10.1.35. SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT .................................. 274
10.1.36. Combinations of System Information Blocks ................................ 275
11. Appendix D ......................................................................... 279
11.1. Contents of EMM Messages ....................................................... 279
11.1.1. ATTACH ACCEPT .............................................................................. 279
11.1.2. -ATTACH COMPLETE ........................................................................ 282
11.1.3. ATTACH REJECT ............................................................................... 282
11.1.4. ATTACH REQUEST ........................................................................... 283
11.1.5. AUTHENTICATION FAILURE .............................................................. 284
11.1.6. AUTHENTICATION REJECT ................................................................ 285
11.1.7. AUTHENTICATION REQUEST ............................................................. 285
11.1.8. AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE .......................................................... 286
11.1.9. CS SERVICE NOTIfICATION ............................................................... 286
11.1.10. DETACH ACCEPT(UE originating detach) ...................................... 287
11.1.11. DETACH ACCEPT(UE terminated detach) .......................................... 287
11.1.12. DETACH REQUEST(UE Originating Detach) ................................... 288
11.1.13. DETACH REQUEST(UE terminated detach) .................................... 288
11.1.14. DOWNLINK NAS TRANSPORT ....................................................... 289
11.1.15. EMM INFORMATION .................................................................... 289
11.1.16. EMM STATUS .............................................................................. 291
11.1.17. EXTENDED SERVICE REQUEST ...................................................... 291
11.1.18. GUTI REALLOCATION COMMAND ................................................. 292
11.1.19. GUTI REALLOCATION COMPLETE .................................................. 292
11.1.20. IDENTITY REQUEST ..................................................................... 293
11.1.21. IDENTITY RESPONSE ................................................................... 293
xii | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
11.1.22. SECURITY MODE COMMAND ....................................................... 294
11.1.23. SECURITY MODE COMPLETE ........................................................ 295
11.1.24. SECURITY MODE REJECT .............................................................. 295
11.1.25. SERVICE REJECT .......................................................................... 296
11.1.26. SERVICE REQUEST ...................................................................... 296
11.1.27. TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT ................................................. 297
11.1.28. TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE ............................................ 300
11.1.29. TRACKING AREA UPDATE REJECT .................................................. 301
11.1.30. TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST .............................................. 301
11.1.31. UPLINK NAS TRANSPORT ............................................................. 303
12. Appendix E .......................................................................... 304
12.1. Contents of ESM Messages ....................................................... 304
12.1.1. ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT ........................ 304
12.1.2. ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REJECT ......................... 304
12.1.3. ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST ..................... 305
12.1.4. ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT ............................ 307
12.1.5. ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REJECT ............................. 307
12.1.6. ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST ......................... 308
12.1.7. BEARER RESOURCE ALLOCATION REJECT ........................................... 311
12.1.8. BEARER RESOURCE ALLOCATION REQUEST ....................................... 312
12.1.9. BEARER RESOURCE MODIFICATION REJECT ........................................ 313
12.1.10. BEARER RESOURCE MODIFICATION REQUEST ................................ 314
12.1.11. DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT ................................... 315
12.1.12. DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST ............................... 316
12.1.13. ESM INFORMATION REQUEST ....................................................... 317
12.1.14. ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE .................................................... 317
12.1.15. ESM STATUS ............................................................................... 318
12.1.16. MODIFY EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT ........................................ 318
12.1.17. MODIFY EPS BEARER CONTEXT REJECT .......................................... 319
12.1.18. MODIFY EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST ...................................... 319
12.1.19. PDN CONNECTIVITY REJECT .......................................................... 321
12.1.20. PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST ...................................................... 321
12.1.21. PDN DISCONNECT REJECT ............................................................ 323
12.1.22. PDN DISCONNECT REQUEST ....................................................... 323
13. Appendix F .......................................................................... 325
Table of Contents | xiii
13.1. General Parameters for Cell Configuration .................................. 325
14. Appendix G ......................................................................... 326
14.1. Default Messages for IMS Registration ....................................... 326
14.2. Default Messages for Call Setup ................................................ 340
1. Introduction
1.1. Overview
This document provides detailed information about the parameters and functions of CS8 Test Cases based on the 36.523-1 Specifications.
1.2. Acronyms
Acronym Explanation
FT Functional Testing
1.3. References
[1] 3GPP TR 21.905: “Vocabulary for 3GPP Specifications”.
[2] 3GPP TS 23.003: “Numbering, Addressing and Identification”.
[3] 3GPP TS 23.122: “Non-Access-Stratum functions related to Mobile Station (MS) in idle mode”.
[4] 3GPP TS 24.008: “Mobile Radio Interface Layer 3 specification; Core Network Protocols; Stage3”.
[5] 3GPP TS 34.108: “Common Test Environments for User Equipment (UE) Conformance Testing”.
[6] 3GPP TS 34.109: “Terminal logical test interface; Special conformance testing functions”.
[7] 3GPP TS 34.123-1: “User Equipment (UE) conformance specification; Part 1: Protocol conformance specification”.
[8] 3GPP TS 34.123-2: “User Equipment (UE) conformance specification; Part 2: Implementation Conformance Statement (ICS) performance specification”.
[9] 3GPP TS 34.123-3: “User Equipment (UE) conformance specification; Part 3: Abstract Test Suites (ATS)”.
[10] 3GPP TS 36.300: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN); Overall description; Stage 2”.
[11]3GPP TS 36.302: “Services provided by the physical layer for E-UTRA”.
2 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
[12]3GPP TS 36.304: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) User Equipment (UE) Procedures in idle mode “.
[13]3GPP TS 36.306: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) User Equipment (UE) Radio Access capabilities “.
[14]3GPP TS 36.321: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification”.
[15]3GPP TS 36.322: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) Radio Link Control (RLC) protocol specification”.
[16]3GPP TS 36.323: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) specification”.
[17]3GPP TS 36.331: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) Radio Resource Control (RRC) Protocol Specification”.
[18]3GPP TS 36.508: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN); Common Test Environments for User Equipment (UE) Conformance Testing”.
[19]3GPP TS 36.523-2: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN); User Equipment (UE) conformance specification; Part 2: Implementation Conformance Statement (ICS) preform a specification”.
[20]3GPP TS 36.523-3: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN); User Equipment (UE) conformance specification; Part 3: Abstract Test Suites (ATS)”.
[21]3GPP TR 24.801: “3GPP System Architecture Evolution; CT WG1 Aspects”.
[22]3GPP TS 23.401: “3GPP System Architecture Evolution; GPRS enhancements for E-UTRAN access”.
[23]3GPP TS 51.010-1: “Mobile Station (MS) conformance specification; Part 1: Conformance specification”.
[24]ISO/IEC 9646 (all parts): “Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Conformance testing methodology and framework”.
[25] 3GPP TS 36.509: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN); Special conformance testing functions for User Equipment (UE)”.
[26]3GPP TS 33.102: “3G Security; Security architecture”.
[27]3GPP TS 33.401: “3GPP System Architecture Evolution (SAE); Security architecture”.
[28]3GPP TS 24.301: “Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for Evolved Packet System (EPS); Stage 3”.
Chapter One: Introduction | 3
[29]3GPP TS 36.212: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Multiplexing and channel coding”.
[30]3GPP TS 36.213: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical layer procedures”.
[31]3GPP TS 36.101: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception”.
[32]3GPP TS 24.008: “Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Core network protocols; Stage 3”.
[33]3GPP2 A.S0008-C: “Interoperability Specification (IOS) for High Rate Packet Data (HRPD) Radio Access Network Interfaces with Session Control in the Access Network”.
[34]3GPP TS 36.133: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Requirements for support of radio resource management”.
[35]3GPP TS 34.229-1: “Internet Protocol (IP) multimedia call control protocol based on Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) and Session Description Protocol (SDP); User Equipment (UE) conformance specification; Part 1: Protocol conformance specification “.
2. CS8-TS-LTE-NAS
2.1. Attach in EPS: Test 1101
UE performs attach in EPS with IPv4 allocation (capable of IPv6 and IPv4).
2.1.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE is configured to request the DSMIPv6 IPv4 Home Agent Address during Attach procedure }
ensure that {
when { UE is switched on and has established the RRC connection }
then { UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST and a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message indicating a request for DSM IPv4 Home Agent Address in the protocol configuration options and MME responds to the ATTACH REQUEST with a DSM IPv4 Home Agent Address and UE transmits an ATTACH COMPLETE message }
}
2.1.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clauses 5.5.1.1.
2.1.3. Test Description
2.1.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-10
UE:
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
• The UE is configured to request the DSM IPv4 Home Agent Address in the protocol configuration options IE as part of the Attach/PDN connectivity request procedure.
HSS:
• Configuring subscription data in HSS to support only one PDN type i.e. IPv4
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 5
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Switched OFF.
2.1.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-1: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The UE is switched on. - - - -
2 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message with IE PROTOCOL CONFIGURATION OPTIONS indicating a DSM IPv4 Home Agent Address Request?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
1
3-11
Steps 5 to 13 of the generic test procedure in Appendix Table 4-1 (Attach procedure) are performed on Cell 1.
- - - -
12 MME responds with ATTACH ACCEPT message including a valid TAI list. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT message, including the IE PROTOCOL CONFIGURATION OPTIONS indicating a DSMIPv4 Home Agent Address
<-- <-- ATTACH ACCEPT
- -
- EXCEPTION: If the “PDN type” in the latest PDN
CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message prior to
this procedure was 'IPv4' or 'IPv4v6' then,
IPv4 address allocation by DHCPv4 may
occur on the user plane bearer established for
the default EPS bearer context activated with
the latest ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS
BEARER CONTEXT message prior to this
procedure.
- - - -
13 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH COMPLETE message including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message?
--> --> ATTACH COMPLETE
1
6 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.1.4. Specific Message Content
Table 2-2: Message ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
ESM message container PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message
Table 2-3: PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol configuration options The IE Protocol configuration options contains a configuration protocol option = ‘0009H’ (“DSMI IPv4 Home Agent Address Request”, length of contents = 0).
Table 2-4: PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
ESM message container Contains the ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message
Table 5.1.1-5Message ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol configuration options The IE Protocol configuration options contains a configuration protocol option = ‘0009H’ (“DSM IPv4 Home Agent Address”, non-zero length), with the value set to the IPv4 address of the Home Agent.
2.2. Attach in EPS:Test 1102
UE performs attach in EPS with IPv6 allocation (capable of IPv6 and IPv4).
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 7
2.2.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE is configured to request the IPv6 address of the Home Agent during Attach procedure }
ensure that {
when { UE is switched on and has established the RRC connection }
then { UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST message and a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message indicating a request for DSMIPv6 Home Agent Address in the protocol configuration options and MME responds to the ATTACH REQUEST with a IPv6 Home Agent Address and UE transmits an ATTACH COMPLETE message
}
}
2.2.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clauses 5.5.1.1
2.2.3. Test Description
2.2.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
Refer to Table 6-10
UE:
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
• The UE is configured to request the DSMIPv6 IPv4 Home Agent Address in the protocol configuration options IE as part of the Attach/PDN connectivity request procedure.
HSS:
• Configuring subscription data in HSS to support only one PDN type i.e. IPv6
Preamble:
• UE is in state Switched OFF.
8 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.2.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-5: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The UE is switched on. - - - -
2 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message with IE PROTOCOL CONFIGURATION OPTIONS indicating a DSMIPv6 Home Agent Address Request?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
1
3-11
Steps5 to13 of the generic test procedure in the Appendix Table 4-1 (Attach procedure) are performed on Cell1.
- - - -
12 MME responds with ATTACH ACCEPT message including a valid TAI list. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT message, including the IE PROTOCOL CONFIGURATION OPTIONS indicating a DSMIPv6 Home Agent Address.
<-- <-- ATTACH ACCEPT
- -
- - - - -
13 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH COMPLETE message including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message?
--> --> ATTACH COMPLETE
1
2.2.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 2-6: Message ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
ESM message container PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message
Table 2-7: PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol configuration options The IE Protocol configuration options contains a configuration protocol option = ‘0007H’ (“DSMIPv6 Home Agent Address Request”,
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 9
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
length of contents = 0).
Table 2-8: Message ATTACH ACCEPT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
ESM message container Contains the ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Table 2-9: Message ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol configuration options The IE Protocol configuration options contains a configuration protocol option = ‘0007H’ (“DSMIPv6 Home Agent Address”, non-zero length), with the value set to the IPv6 address of the Home Agent.
2.3. Attach in EPS:Test 1115
UE attaches to network with 1 PDN, 1 default bearer, 1 dedicated bearer being activated after a delay; Verify EPS bearers status and PDN details
2.3.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in state EMM-DEREGISTERED and is switched off }
ensure that {
when { UE is powered up and sends ATTACH REQUEST and a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
then { UE successfully Attached to network with default bearer established}
}
}
(2)
with { UE successfully Attached to network }
ensure that {
when { UE receives Activate Dedicated EPS Bearer Context Request message in RRC Connection Reconfiguration
10 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
}
then { UE sends an RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete and Activate Dedicated EPS Bearer Context Accept }
}
2.3.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in3GPP TS 24.301 clause 5.5.1.1 and 5.5.1.2
2.3.3. Test Description
2.3.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-10 for cell configuration.
UE:
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Switched OFF.
2.3.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-10: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The UE is switched on. - - - -
2 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST -
3-11
Steps 5 to 13 of the generic test procedure in Appendix Table 4-1 (Attach procedure) are performed on Cell 1.
- - - -
12 Network responds with ATTACH ACCEPT message including a valid TAI list. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- ATTACH ACCEPT - -
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 11
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
13 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH COMPLETE message including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message?
--> --> ATTACH COMPLETE
1 -
14 The Network transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
NOTE: The Network implicitly reuses the PDN address defined in ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message.
<-- ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
- -
15 Check: Does the UE transmit an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message as specified?
--> ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
2 -
2.3.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 2-11: RRCConnectionReconfiguration
Information Element
Value/Remark Comment Condition Information Element
RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {
dedicatedInfoNASList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB)) OF
1 entry
dedicatedInfoNAS[1]
ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST with EPS Bearer Identity corresponding to drb-Identity 2
}
12 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Refer Table 5-4 for default RRCConnectionReconfiguration parameters.
Table 2-12: Message ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 6
Procedure Transaction Identity 0 “No procedure transaction identity assigned”
Linked EPS Bearer Identity 5 Network re-uses the EPS Bearer Identity of the default EPS bearer context.
EPS QoS According to reference dedicated EPS bearer context #1 –refer to Table 6-11
TFT According to reference dedicated EPS bearer context #1- refer to Table 6-11
Table 2-13: Message ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 6 Same value as in ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Procedure Transaction Identity 0 “No procedure transaction identity assigned”
2.4. Attach in EPS:Test 1116
UE attaches to network with 2 PDNs, 1 default bearer on each PDN; different QCI on each PDN; Verify IMS PDN registration and IMS messages
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 13
2.4.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in EMM-DEREGISTERED state and UE sends ATTACH REQUEST and PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
ensure that {
when { Network responds to the ATTACH REQUEST }
then { UE transmits an ATTACH COMPLETE message with ACTIVATE DEFAULT
EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message}
}
(2)
with { UE has sent a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
ensure that {
when { UE receives an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message }
then { UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message and SIP messages are send and received by UE }
}
2.4.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 24.301 clauses 5.5.1.1, 5.5.1.2, 6.4.1.3, 6.5.1.2.
2.4.3. Test Description
2.4.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-10 for cell configuration.
UE:
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Switched OFF.
14 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.4.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-14: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The UE is switched on. - - - -
2 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
-
3-11
Steps 5 to 13 of the generic test procedure in Appendix Table 4-1 (Attach procedure) are performed on Cell1.
- - - -
12 Network responds with ATTACH ACCEPT message including a valid TAI list. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message with QCI value as 1 is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- ATTACH ACCEPT - -
13 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH COMPLETEmessage including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message?
--> --> ATTACH COMPLETE
1 -
14
Check: Does the UE transmit a PDNCONNECTIVITY REQUEST message asspecified to request an additional PDN?
--> --> PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
- -
15 The Network responds with ACTIVATE DEFAULTEPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST with QCI value set as 3.
<-- <-- ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
- -
16 After rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete UE sends ActivateDefaultEPSBearerContextAccept Message in ULInformationTransfer
--> --> ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS
BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
2 -
NOTE: The request of connectivity to an additional PDN may be performed by AT command
2.4.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Refer to Step 2 in Table 2-14.
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 15
Table 2-15: Message PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment
EPS Bearer Identity 0000 No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Access Point Name APN-1 The requested PDN is different from default PDN
Refer to Step 14 in Table 2-14.
Table 2-16: Message PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 0101 No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Access Point Name APN-2 The requested PDN is different from default PDN
Refer to Step 12 in Table 2-14.
Table 2-17: Message ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 6
Procedure Transaction Identity
PTI-1 Network re-uses the particular PTI defined by UE for this present additional PDN connectivity request procedure.
Access Point Name APN-1 Network re-uses the particular APN defined by UE for this present additional PDN connectivity request procedure
EPS QoS
QCI
QCI 1(1)
Refer to Step 15 in Table 2-14.
Table 2-18: Message ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 7
Procedure Transaction Identity
PTI-1 Network re-uses the particular PTI defined
16 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
by UE for this present additional PDN connectivity request procedure.
Access Point Name APN-2 Network re-uses the particular APN defined by UE for this present additional PDN connectivity request procedure
EPS QoS
QCI
QCI 3(3)
2.5. Attach in EPS:Test 1117
UE attaches to network with 2 PDNs, 1 default bearer and 1 dedicated bearer on 1st PDN, 1 default bearer on 2nd PDN; different QCI on each PDN; Verify PDN details, EPS bearer status.
2.5.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in state EMM-DEREGISTERED and is switched off }
ensure that {
when { UE is powered up and sends ATTACH REQUEST and a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
then { successfully Attached to network with default bearer established }
}
(2)
with { UE successfully Attached to network }
ensure that {
when { UE receives Activate Dedicated EPS Bearer Context Request message in RRC Connection Reconfiguration }
then { UE sends an RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete and Activate Dedicated EPS Bearer Context Accept }
}
(3)
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 17
with { UE has sent a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
ensure that {
when { UE receives an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message }
then { UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message and SIP messages are send and received by UE }
}
2.5.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 24.301 clauses 5.5.1.1, 5.5.1.2, clause 6.4.1.3, clause 6.5.1.2 and 3GPP TS 23.401 clause Annex F
2.5.3. Test Description
2.5.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-10 for cell configuration.
UE:
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Switched OFF.
2.5.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-19: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The UE is switched on. - - - -
2 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST -
3-11
Steps 5 to 13 of the generic test procedure in Appendix Table 4-1 (Attach procedure) are performed on Cell 1.
- - - -
12 Network responds with ATTACH ACCEPT <-- <-- ATTACH ACCEPT - -
18 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
message including a valid TAI list. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT message.
13 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH COMPLETE message including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message?
--> --> ATTACH COMPLETE
1 -
14 The Network transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Note: The Network implicitly reuses the PDN address defined in ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message.
<-- ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
- -
15 Check: Does the UE transmit an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message as specified?
--> ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
2 -
16
Check: Does the UE transmit a PDN
CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message as
specified to request an additional PDN?
--> --> PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
- -
17 The Network responds with ACTIVATE DEFAULT
EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST with QCI value set as 3.
<-- <-- ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
- -
18 After rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete UE sends ActivateDefaultEPSBearerContextAccept Message in ULInformationTransfer
--> --> ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS
BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
3 -
2.5.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 2-20: RRCConnectionReconfiguration
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 19
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
dedicatedInfoNASList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB)) OF
1 entry
dedicatedInfoNAS[1] ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST with EPS Bearer Identity corresponding to drb-Identity 2
}
}
}
}
Refer to Step 16 in Table 2-19.
Table 2-21: Message ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 6
Procedure Transaction Identity 0 “No procedure transaction identity assigned”
Linked EPS Bearer Identity 5 Network re-uses the EPS Bearer Identity of the default EPS bearer context.
EPS QoS According to reference dedicated EPS bearer context #1 –refer toTable 6-11
TFT According to reference dedicated EPS bearer context #1- refer to Table 6-11
20 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Refer to Step 2 in Table 2-19.
Table 2-22: Message PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 0000 No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Access Point Name APN-1 The requested PDN is different from default PDN
Refer to Step 18 in Table 2-19.
Table 2-23: Message PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 0101 No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Access Point Name APN-2 The requested PDN is different from default PDN
Refer to Step 16 in Table 2-19.
Table 2-24: Message ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 6
Procedure Transaction Identity
PTI-1 Network re-uses the particular PTI defined by UE for this present additional PDN connectivity request procedure.
Access Point Name APN-1 Network re-uses the particular APN defined by UE for this present additional PDN connectivity request procedure
EPS QoS
QCI
QCI 1(1)
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 21
Refer to Step 16 in Table 2-19.
Table 2-25: Message ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 7
Procedure Transaction Identity
PTI-1 Network re-uses the particular PTI defined by UE for this present additional PDN connectivity request procedure.
Access Point Name APN-2 Network re-uses the particular APN defined by UE for this present additional PDN connectivity request procedure
EPS QoS
QCI
QCI 3(3)
2.6. Attach in EPS: Test 1119
UE attaches to network with 1 PDN, 1 default bearer, skipping authentication
2.6.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in EMM-DEREGISTERED state }
ensure that {
when { UE is requested to make an Attach request with
Authentication disabled on network }
then { UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST message and after
unsuccessful attempt it retries till re-attempt counter
reaches 5}
}
2.6.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 24.301 clauses 5.2.2.3.2, 5.5.1.2.2, 5.5.2.1 and 6.5.1.2.
22 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.6.3. Test Description
2.6.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-10 for cell configuration.
• Authentication is disabled on MME.
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Switched OFF.
2.6.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-26: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The UE is switched on, attempt an attach on the UE.
- - - -
2 UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest
message.
--> RRCConnectionRequest
3 Network transmits an RRCConnectionSetup
message.
<-- RRCConnectionSetup
4 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message?
-->
-->
ATTACH REQUEST -
5 Repeat Steps2-4 five times. - - - -
6 Check: Does the UEsend Attach Request?
-->
-->
ATTACH REQUEST 1 -
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 23
2.6.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 2-27: Message ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
ESM message container PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message
2.7. Attach in EPS:Test 1120
UE attaches to network with 1 PDN, 1 default bearer, AS security turned off.
2.7.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in state EMM-REGISTERED and AS security turned off }
ensure that {
when { UE sends ATTACH REQUEST and PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
then { Network responds to the ATTACH REQUEST and UE transmits an ATTACH COMPLETE message with ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message }
}
2.7.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 24.301 clauses 5.5.1.1, 5.5.1.2, 6.4.1.3, 6.5.1.2.
2.7.3. TestDescription
2.7.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-10 for cell configuration.
UE:
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Switched ON.
24 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.7.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-28: Main Behavior
Step Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB eNB-MME
Message
Note: AS security is off on eNB
1 <-- RRC: SYSTEM INFORMATION (BCCH)
2 UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest
message.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest
3 eNB transmits an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup
4 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment and to initiate the Attach procedure by including the ATTACH REQUEST message. The PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH REQUEST
-->
-->
RRC: RRCConnectionSetupComplete
NAS: ATTACH REQUEST
NAS: PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
5 The Network transmits an AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message to initiate the EPS authentication and AKA procedure.
<--
<--
RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: AUTHENTICATION REQUEST
6 The UE transmits an AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message and establishes mutual authentication.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 25
Step Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
7 The Network transmits a NAS SECURITY MODE COMMAND message to activate NAS security.
<--
<--
RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
8 The UE transmits a NAS SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message and establishes the initial security configuration.
with AS security OFF RRC securityModeCommand
is not exchanged in the network
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- EXCEPTION: Steps 9a1 to 9a2 describe behavior that depends on UE configuration;the “lower case letter” identifies a step sequence that take place if the UE has ESM information which needs to be transferred.
- -
9a1 If the UE sets the ESM information transfer flag in the last PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message THEN the Network transmits an ESM INFORMATION REQUEST message to initiate exchange of protocol configuration options and/or APN.
<--
<--
RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: ESM INFORMATION REQUEST
26 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Step Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
9a2 The UE transmits an ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE message to transfer protocol configuration options and/or APN.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE
10 The Network transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message to initiate the UE radio access capability transfer procedure.
<-- RRC: UECapabilityEnquiry
11 The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message to transfer UE radio access capability.
--> RRC: UECapabilityInformation
12 The Network transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to establish the default bearer with condition as shown in the Note below. This message includes the ATTACH ACCEPT message. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT.
<--
<--
RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration
NAS: ATTACH ACCEPT
NAS: ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
13 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of default bearer.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 27
Step Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
14 This message includes the ATTACH COMPLETE message. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message is piggybacked in ATTACH COMPLETE.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ATTACH COMPLETE
NAS: ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
NOTE:SRB and DRB combination is setup with UE Registration procedure and the Generic Radio Bearer Establishment or Generic Radio Bearer Establishment, UE Test Mode Activated procedure using specific message content - the default RRCConnectionReconfiguration message with condition SRB2-DRB(n, m).
28 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.8. Attach in EPS:Test 1121
UE attaches to network with 1 PDN, 1 default bearer, NAS security turned off
2.8.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in state EMM-REGISTERED and NAS security turned off }
ensure that {
when { UE sends ATTACH REQUEST and PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
then { Network responds with Authentication request and UE does not send Attach request at attach failure if the attempt counter is equal to 5}
2.8.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 24.301 clauses 5.5.1.1, 5.5.1.2, 6.4.1.3, 6.5.1.2.
2.8.3. TestDescription
2.8.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer toTable 6-10 for cell configuration
UE:
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Switched ON.
2.8.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-29: Main Behavior
Step Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 29
Step Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
2 eNB transmits an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup
3 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment and to initiate the Attach procedure by including the ATTACH REQUEST message. The PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH REQUEST
-->
-->
RRC: RRCConnectionSetupComplete
NAS: ATTACH REQUEST
NAS: PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
4 The Network transmits an AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message to initiate the EPS authentication and AKA procedure.
<--
<--
RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: AUTHENTICATION REQUEST
5 The UE transmits an AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE
6 The eNB transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release RRC connection and move to RRC_IDLE (State 2).
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionRelease
7 UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest
8 eNB transmits an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup
9 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment and to initiate the Attach procedure by including the ATTACH REQUEST message. The PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH REQUEST
-->
-->
RRC: RRCConnectionSetupComplete
NAS: ATTACH REQUEST
NAS: PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
30 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Step Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
10 The Network transmits an AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message to initiate the EPS authentication and AKA procedure.
<--
<--
RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: AUTHENTICATION REQUEST
11 The UE transmits an AUTHENTICATIONRESPONSE
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: AUTHENTICATIONRESPONSE
12 The eNB transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release RRC connection and move to RRC_IDLE (State 2).
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionRelease
13 At attach failure and the attempt counter is equal to 5, does UE send ATTACH REQUEST?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
2.9. Attach in EPS:Test 1124
Network rejects PDN connection when Invalid APN is used
2.9.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE has sent an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message with invalid APN set on UE }
ensure that {
when { UE receives an ATTACH REJECT message with the reject cause set to “Unknown or missing APN” }
then { UE considers the USIM as invalid for EPS services and non-EPS services and enters state EMM-DEREGISTERED }
2.9.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 24.301 clauses5.5.1.2 and 6.5.1.4.
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 31
2.9.3. Test Description
2.9.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-11 for cell configuration.
UE:
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Switched OFF.
2.9.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-30: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 Switch the UE On - - - - -
2 The UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST including a GUTI and a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST - -
3 Network transmits an AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message, KSIASME value is different to the KSIASME value provided in the ATTACH REQUEST
<-- <-- AUTHENTICATION REQUEST
- -
4 Check: Does the UE respond with AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message within 6 seconds and the included RES is equal to the XRES calculated in the Network?
--> --> AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE
- -
5 Network transmits a NAS SECURITY MODE COMMAND message including the KSIASME of the new EPS security context (as provided in step 3)
<-- <-- SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
6 Check: Does the UE respond with NAS SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message integrity protected and ciphered with the new EPS security context identified by the KSIASME received inthe SECURITY MODE COMMAND messagein step 5
--> --> SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
32 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
- EXCEPTION: Steps 7a1 to 7a2 describe behavior that depends on UE configuration; the “lower case letter” identifies a step sequence that take place if the UE has ESM information which needs to be transferred.
- - - - -
7a1 If the UE sets the ESM information transfer flag in the last PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message THEN the Network transmits an ESM INFORMATION REQUEST message to initiate exchange of protocol configuration options and/or APN.
<-- <-- ESM INFORMATION REQUEST
- -
7a2 The UE transmits an ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE message to transfer protocol configuration options with INVALID APN.
--> --> ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE
- -
8 The Network transmits an ATTACH REJECT message with EMM cause = “Unknown or missing APN” as specified.
<-- <-- ATTACH REJECT 1 P
9 The Network releases the RRC connection. - - - - -
2.9.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Refer to Step 2 in Table 2-31.
Table 2-31: Message PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 0000 No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Access Point Name No APN or Invalid APN The requested PDN is different from default PDN
PDN type '011'B The allowed values are respectively IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6 and “unused but interpreted as IPv6 by the network”
Table 2-32: Message ATTACH REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Security header type 0000 “No security protection”
EMM cause 0001 1011 #27 “Unknown or
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 33
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
missing access point name”
ESM message container
Not present
2.10. Attach in EPS:Test 1126
Network deactivates the InternetPDN after UE initial attach.
2.10.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in state EMM-DEREGISTERED and is switched off }
ensure that {
when { UE is powered up and sends ATTACH REQUEST and a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
then { UE successfully Attached to network with default bearer established}
}
}
(2)
with { UE receives Activate Dedicated EPS Bearer Context Request message in RRC Connection Reconfiguration and UE receives an RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message and sends Activate Dedicated EPS Bearer Context Accept }
ensure that {
when { Deactivate EPS Bearer Context Request is triggered from network
}
then { UE deletes all EPS bearer contexts identified to the internet PDN and transmits a DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT }
}
2.10.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clause 5.5.1.1.
34 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.10.3. Test Description
2.10.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-10.
UE:
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
• Authentication is disabled on MME.
Preamble:
• The UE is in EMM-CONNECTED state and connected to Internet PDN and default EPS bearer exists.
2.10.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-33: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE – eNB
eNB-MME
Message
- Cell 1 is the serving cell - - - - -
1 The UE is switched on. - - - -
2 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
-
3-11
Steps 5 to 13 of the generic test procedure in Appendix Table 4-1 (Attach procedure) are performed on Cell 1.
- - - -
12 Network responds with ATTACH ACCEPT message including a valid TAI list. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- ATTACH ACCEPT
- -
13 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH COMPLETE message including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message?
--> --> ATTACH COMPLETE
1 -
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 35
2.10.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 2-34: Message DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity Default EBId that was created during ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST during ATTACH procedure
ESM cause 00100100 regular deactivation
Table 2-35: Message DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity Default EBId that was created during ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST during ATTACH procedure
2.11. Attach in EPS:Test 1127
Network disconnects the InternetPDN after UE initial attach.
2.11.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in state EMM-DEREGISTERED and is switched off }
ensure that {
when { UE is powered up and sends ATTACH REQUEST and a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
then { successfully Attached to network with default bearer established }
}
(2)
with { UE has sent a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message for another PDN }
ensure that {
36 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
when { UE receives an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message and UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message }
then { Network sends PDN Disconnect Request and EPS Bearer Context is deactivated and network sends the Detach Request for second PDN.
}
}
2.11.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clauses 6.5.2.2, and 6.5.2.4.
2.11.3. Test Description
2.11.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-10.
UE:
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• The UE is in EMM-CONNECTED state and connected to Internet PDN and a default EPS bearer exists.
2.11.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-36: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB eNB-MME
Message
- Cell 1 is the serving cell - - - -
1 The UE is switched on. - - - -
2 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST -
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 37
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
3-11 Steps 5 to 13 of the generic test procedure in Appendix Table 4-1 (Attach procedure) are performed on Cell 1.
- - - -
12 Network responds with ATTACH ACCEPT message including a valid TAI list. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- ATTACH ACCEPT - -
13 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH COMPLETE message including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message?
--> --> ATTACH COMPLETE 1 -
14 Check: Does the UE transmit a PDNCONNECTIVITY REQUEST message asspecified to request an additional PDN?
--> --> PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
- -
15 The Network responds with ACTIVATE DEFAULTEPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST with QCI value set as 3.
<-- <-- ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
- -
16 After RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete UE sends Activate Default EPS Bearer Context Accept Message in ULInformationTransfer
--> --> ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS
BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
- -
17 On Network side PDN disconnection is triggered for second PDN
- - -
18 Check: Does Network sends a Deactivate EPS Bearer Context Request?
<-- <-- DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
-
19 Check: does UE transmits Deactivate EPS Bearer Context Accept
--> --> DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
-
38 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
20 Check: does Network send a Detach Request?
<-- <-- DETACH REQUEST -
21 Check: after Detach RRC connection is released
<-- RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Release
2
2.11.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 2-37: Message PDN DISCONNECT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity Default EBId created during ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST during ATTACH procedure
2.12. Attach in EPS:Test 1129
UE successfully attaches to network when blank APN used.
2.12.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE is configured with Blank APN and is in EMM-REGISTERED state}
ensure that {
when { UE has sent an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
then { UE successfully attached to network with default APN from subscription data isused by the MME. }
2.12.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 24.301 clauses5.5.1.2 and 6.5.1.4.
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 39
2.12.3. TestDescription
2.12.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-11 for cell configuration.
UE:
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Switched OFF.
2.12.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-38: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 Switch the UE on - - - - -
2 The UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST including a GUTI and a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST - -
3 Network transmits an AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message, KSIASME value is different to the KSIASME value provided in the ATTACH REQUEST
<-- <-- AUTHENTICATION REQUEST
- -
4 Check: Does the UE respond with AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message within 6 seconds and the included RES is equal to the XRES calculated in the Network?
--> --> AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE
- -
5 Network transmits a NAS SECURITY MODE COMMAND message including the KSIASME of the new EPS security context (as provided in step 3)
<-- <-- SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
6 Check: Does the UE respond with NAS SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message integrity protected and ciphered with the new EPS security context identified by the KSIASME received inthe SECURITY MODE COMMAND messagein step 5
--> --> SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
40 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
7 MME responds with ATTACH ACCEPT message including a valid TAI list. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT message
<-- <-- ATTACH ACCEPT - -
8 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH COMPLETE message including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message?
--> --> ATTACH COMPLETE
1
2.12.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Refer to Step 2 in Table 2-39.
Table 2-39: Message PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity 0000 No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Access Point Name No APN The requested PDN is different from default PDN
PDN type '011'B The allowed values are respectively IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6 and “unused but interpreted as IPv6 by the network”
2.13. Attach Failurein EPS: Test 1201
UE receives attach reject with “TA not allowed”.
2.13.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE has sent an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
ensure that {
when { UE receives an ATTACH REJECT message with the reject cause set to “Tracking area not allowed”and serving cell belongs to TAI where UE was rejected }
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 41
then { UE sets the EPS update status to EU3 ROAMING NOT ALLOWED, UE deletes the GUTI, last visited registered TAI and KSI, UE enters the state EMM-DEREGISTERED.LIMITED-SERVICE and UE stores the current TAI in the list of “forbidden tracking areas for regional provision of service” and UE does not attempt to attach on any other cell }
}
2.13.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clauses 5.3.2,5.5.1.2.2, 5.5.1.2.5, 5.2.2.3.2, Annex C and TS 36.304 clause 4.3.
2.13.3. TestDescription
2.13.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1 and Cell 2 Home PLMN:
• Refer to Table 6-10.
UE:
• The UE is configured to initiate EPS attach.
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is lastauthenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• UE is in Switched OFF state.
2.13.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-40: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB eNB-MME
Message
1 The Network configures:
- Cell 1 as the “Serving cell”.
- Cell 2 as a “Suitable Neighbor cell”.
- - - - -
- The following messages are to be observed on Cell 1 unless explicitly stated otherwise.
- - - - -
2 The UE is switched on. - - - -
42 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
3 The UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message.
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
- -
4 The Network transmits an ATTACH REJECT message, EMM cause = “Tracking area not allowed”.(The list of “forbidden tracking areas for regional provision of service“ in the UE should now contain TAI-1)
<-- <-- ATTACH REJECT
-
5 The Network releases the RRC connection.
- - - - -
6 Check:UE does not transmit the ATTACH REQUEST message in the next 30 seconds on Cell 1 or Cell2?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
1
7 Initiate attach by MMI or by AT command.
- - - - -
8 Check:UE does nottransmit the ATTACH REQUEST message in the next 30 seconds?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
1
- At the end of this test procedure sequence, the UE is in end state E-UTRA idle.
- -
-
-
2.13.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 2-41: Message ATTACH REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EMM cause 00001110 #12 “Trackingarea not allowed”
ESM message container Not present
Table 2-42: Message ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Old GUTI or IMSI IMSI-1 GUTI has been deleted; only IMSI is available.
Last visited registered TAI
Not present TAI has been deleted.
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 43
2.14. Attach Failurein EPS:Test 1204
On receiving attach reject with IMSI invalid, UE considers USIM invalid.
2.14.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE has sent an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
ensure that {
when { UE receives an ATTACH REJECT message with the reject cause set to “Illegal UE” }
then { UE considers the USIM as invalid for EPS services and non-EPS services and enters state EMM-DEREGISTERED }
}
2.14.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clause 5.5.1.2.5.
2.14.3. TestDescription
2.14.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-10.
UE:
• The UE is configured to initiate EPS attach.
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is lastauthenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• UE is in Switched OFF state.
2.14.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-43: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
44 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
1 The Network configures:
- cell 1 as the “Serving cell”.
- - - - -
- The following messages are to be observed on cell 1 unless explicitly stated otherwise.
- - - - -
2 The UE is switched on. - - - - -
3 The UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message on Cell 1.
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
- -
4 The Network transmits an ATTACH REJECT message with EMM cause = “Illegal UE” as specified.
<-- <-- ATTACH REJECT
1 -
5 The Network releases the RRC connection. - - - - -
2.14.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 2-44: Message ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Old GUTI or IMSI IMSI-1
ESM message container PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message to request PDN connectivity to the default PDN
Table 2-45: Message ATTACH REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EMM cause 00000011 #3 “Illegal UE”
2.15. Attach Failurein EPS:Test 1207
UE does not send Attach and consider the USIM as invalid(IMSI Invalid) until switching off, when switch ON again it sends the Attach request with IMSI
2.15.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE has sent an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
ensure that
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 45
when { UE receives an ATTACH REJECT message with the reject cause set to “Illegal UE” }
then { UE considers the USIM as invalid for EPS services and non-EPS services and enters state EMM-DEREGISTERED after UE is switched OFF and Switched ON again it sends the ATTACH REQUEST with IMSI }
}
2.15.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clause 5.5.1.2.5.
2.15.3. TestDescription
2.15.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-11.
UE:
• The UE is configured to initiate EPS attach.
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is lastauthenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• UE is in Switched OFF state.
2.15.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-46: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The Network configures:
- cell 1 as the “Serving cell”.
- - - - -
- The following messages are to be observed on cell 1 unless explicitly stated otherwise.
- - - - -
2 The UE is switched on. - - - - -
3 The UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message on Cell 1.
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
- -
46 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
4 The Network transmits an ATTACH REJECT message with EMM cause = “Illegal UE” as specified.
<-- <-- ATTACH REJECT
- -
5 The Network releases the RRC connection. - - - - -
6 UE is switched OFF and switched on again - - - - -
7 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message in the next 30 seconds on cell 1?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
1
2.15.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 2-47: Message ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Old GUTI or IMSI IMSI-1
ESM message container PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message to request PDN connectivity to the default PDN
Table 2-48: Message ATTACH REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EMM cause 00000011 #3 “Illegal UE”
2.16. Attach Failurein EPS:Test 1208
On receiving attach reject with “Illegal ME”, UE considers USIM invalid
2.16.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE has sent an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
ensure that {
when { UE receives an ATTACH REJECT message with the reject cause set to “Illegal ME” }
then { UE considers the USIM as invalid for EPS services and non-EPS services and enters state EMM-DEREGISTERED }
}
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 47
2.16.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clause 5.5.1.2.5.
2.16.3. Test Description
2.16.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer toTable 6-10
UE:
• The UE is configured to initiate EPS attach.
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is lastauthenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• UE is in Switched OFF state.
2.16.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-49: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The Network configures:
- cell 1 as the “Serving cell”.
- - - -
2 The UE is switched on. - - - -
3 The UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message on Cell 1.
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
- -
4 Transmits an ATTACH REJECT message with EMM cause = “Illegal UE” as specified.
<-- <-- ATTACH REJECT
- -
5 The UE releases the RRC connection. - - - - -
48 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.16.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 2-50: Message ATTACH REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EMM cause 0000 0110 #6 “Illegal ME”
2.17. Combined Attach: Test 1304
Combined attach successful on EPS service only.
2.17.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in state EMM-DEREGISTERED and is switched off }
ensure that {
when { the UE is powered up or switched on }
then { the UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST message with the EPS attach type set to “combined
EPS/IMSI attach” and enters EMM-REGISTERED-INITIATED state }
}
(2)
with { UE in state EMM-REGISTERED-INITIATED }
ensure that {
when { the UE receives an ATTACH ACCEPT message with EPS attach result set to “EPS only” and EMM cause set to “IMSI unknown in HNetwork” }
then { the UE transmits an ATTACH COMPLETE message,the UE sets the update status to U3 ROAMING NOT ALLOWED, shall delete any TMSI, LAI and ciphering key sequence number and enters EMM-REGISTERED.NORMAL-SERVICE state and MMIDLE state.The USIM shall be considered as invalid for non-EPS services until switching off or the UICC containing the USIM is removed }
}
2.17.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 24.301, clause 5.5.1.3.4.1.
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 49
2.17.3. Test Description
2.17.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Set to ''Serving cell'' configured as shown inTable 6-11.
UE:
• The UE is configured to initiate combined EPS/IMSI attach;
• The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on Cell 1.
Preamble:
• The UE isin stateSwitched OFF (state 1)
2.17.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-51: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB eNB-MME Message
1 The UE is powered up or switched on.
- - - - -
2 The UE transmits ATTACH REQUEST message with a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message to request PDN connectivity to the default PDN with EPS attach type set to “combined EPS/IMSI attach”
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST - -
3-11
Steps 5 to13 of the generic test procedure in Appendix Table 4-1 (Attach procedure) are performed on Cell 1.
- - - -
50 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
12 The Network transmits ATTACH ACCEPT message with EPS Attach result IE set to “EPS only” and EMM cause set to “IMSI unknown in HNetwork”, including the ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message as specified.
<-- <-- ATTACH ACCEPT - -
13 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH COMPLETE message including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message as specified?
--> --> ATTACH COMPLETE 1 P
2.17.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 2-52: ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Old GUTI or IMSI GUTI-1
EPS attach type 010 “combined EPS/IMSI attach”
ESM message container PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message
Last visited registered TAI TAI-1
Old location area identification LAI-1
TMSI status Not present
Table 2-53: Message ATTACH ACCEPT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS attach result 001 “EPS only”
The Network accepts Combined attach for EPS services only.
ESM message container ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 51
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
GUTI GUTI-1 The Network assigns a new GUTI
LAI Not present
MS identity Not Present No TMSI is assigned
EMM cause 00000010 #2 “IMSI unknown in HNetwork”
2.18. Combined Attach:Test 1305
Combined attach rejected by network
2.18.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE has sent an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message }
ensure that {
when { UE receives an ATTACH REJECT message with the reject cause set to “EPS services not allowed” }
then { UE considers the USIM as invalid for EPS services and enters state EMM-DEREGISTERED and UE does not attempt to attach on any other cell }
}
2.18.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clause 5.5.1.3.5
2.18.3. Test Description
2.18.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-11.
52 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
UE:
• The UE is configured to initiate combined EPS/IMSI attach;
• The UE having invalid IMSI in Usim
Preamble:
• The UE isin stateSwitched OFF (state 1)
2.18.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-54: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB eNB-MME Message
1 The Network configuresCell 1 as Suitable cell
- - - - -
2 The UE is switched on. - - - - -
3 The UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message.
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST - -
4 The Network transmits an ATTACH REJECT message with the EMM cause set to“Illegal UE”.
<-- <-- ATTACH REJECT - -
5 The Network releases the RRC connection.
- - - - -
2.18.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 2-55: ATTACHREJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EMM cause '0000 0111'B EPS Service not allowed
2.19. Detach: Test 1406
UE re-attaches on receiving detach request sent by network(with detach type “ re-attach required”)
2.19.1. Test Purpose
(1)
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 53
with { UE in EMM-REGISTERED state }
ensure that {
when { Network sends DETACH REQUEST message with the Detach type IE “re-attach required” }
then { UE sends DETACH ACCEPT message and UE initiates an attach procedure with the current EPS security context}
}
2.19.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clause 5.5.2.3.2.
2.19.3. Test Description
2.19.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-11.
UE:
• None.
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB established (state 3)on Cell 1.
2.19.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-56: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB eNB-MME Message
1 The Network initiates Detach procedure with the Detach Type IE “re-attach required”.
<-- <-- DETACH REQUEST - -
2 Check: Does the UE send DETACH ACCEPT message?
--> --> DETACH ACCEPT 1 P
3 The Network releases RRC connection.
- EXCEPTION: Step 3a describes a behavior which depends on the UE
- - - - -
54 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
capability.
3a If NOT pc_Automatic_Re_Attach, initiate an attach by MMI or by AT command.
- - - - -
4 Check: Does the UE send ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST 1 P
- EXCEPTION: Steps 4Aa1 to 4Aa2 describe behavior that depends on UE configuration; the “lower case letter” identifies a step sequence that take place if the UE has ESM information which needs to be transferred.
- - - - -
4Aa1 If the UE sets the ESM information transfer flag in the last PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message THEN the Network transmits an ESM INFORMATION REQUEST message to initiate exchange of protocol configuration options and/or APN.
<-- <-- ESM INFORMATION REQUEST
- -
4Aa2 The UE transmits an ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE message to transfer protocol configuration options and/or APN.
--> --> ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE
- -
5 The Network sends ATTACH ACCEPT to assign the new GUTI (GUTI-2). The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT message
<-- <-- ATTACH ACCEPT - -
6 Check: Does the UE send ATTACH COMPLETE message
--> --> ATTACH COMPLETE 1 P
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 55
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
including an ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message?
2.19.3.3 Specific Message Content
Refer to Step 1 in Table 2-57.
Table 2-57: Message DETACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Detach type '001'B “re-attach required”
Refer to Step 4 in Table 2-57.
Table 2-58: Message ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
NAS key set identifier
NAS key set identifier The value is a same value to be allocated by Network in Preamble.
Old GUTI or IMSI GUTI-1
NOTE: This message is sent within the SECURITY NAS PROTECTED MENetworkAGE
Refer to Step 4 in Table 2-57.
Table 2-59: Message SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Security header type '0001'B Integrity protected
NAS message '01000001'B ''ATTACH REQUEST''
Refer to Step 5 in Table 2-57.
Table 2-60: Message ATTACH ACCEPT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
TAI list
Length of tracking area identity list contents ‘00000110’B 6 octets
Number of elements ‘00000’B 1 element
Type of list ‘00’B “list of TACs
56 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
belonging to one PLMN, with non-consecutive TAC values”
Partial tracking area identity list TAI-1
GUTI GUTI-2
2.20. Detach: Test 1407
UE receives detach request with detach type set to “re-attach not required” with no EMM cause IE.
2.20.1. Test Purpose
with { UE in EMM-REGISTERED state }
ensure that {
when { UE receives a DETACH REQUEST message with the Detach type IE “re-attach not required” and with no EMM cause IE included }
then { UE delete any GUTI, TAI list, last visited registered TAI, list of equivalent PLMNs, KSI, set the update status to EU2 NOT UPDATED and start timer T3402. when T3402 expired, the UE attempts to attach again }
}
2.20.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clause 5.5.2.3.4.
2.20.3. Test Description
2.20.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 9:
• Refer to Table 6-11
UE:
• None.
Preamble:
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 57
• The UE is in state Generic RB established (state 3) on cell 9
• T3402 in the UE is set to 2 minutes.
2.20.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-61: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB eNB-MME Message
1 Network initiates Detach procedure with the Detach Type IE “re-attach not required” and no EMM cause IE included
<-- <-- DETACH REQUEST - -
2 The Network releases the RRC connection.
- - - - -
3 Check: When the timer T3402 expires does the UE transmit ATTACH REQUEST message on cell I?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST 1 P
4-12
Steps 4 to 12 of the generic test procedurein Appendix Table 4-1 (Attach procedure) are performed on Cell 9.
- - - - -
2.20.3.3 Specific Message Content
Refer to Step 1 in Table 2-62.
Table 2-62: Message DETACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Detach type ‘010’B “re-attach not required”
EMM cause Not present
Refer to Step 4 in Table 2-62.
Table 2-63: Message ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
NAS key set identifier
NAS key set identifier '111'B no key is available
58 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
TSC Any allowed value TSC does not apply for NAS key set identifier value “111”.
Old GUTI or IMSI IMSI1
Last visited registered TAI Not present
2.21. Detach: Test 1408
UE receives detach request with detach type set to “IMSI detach”
2.21.1. Test Purpose
with { UE in EMM-REGISTERED state}
ensure that {
when { UE receives DETACH REQUEST message with the Detach type IE = “IMSI detach” }
then { UE sends TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message with EPS update type IE = “Combined TA/LA updating with IMSI attach”}
}
2.21.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirement covered in the present TC is specified in: 3GPP TS 24.301 clauses 5.5.2.3.2.
2.21.3. Test Description
2.21.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-11
UE:
• None.
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB established (state 3) on Cell 1.
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 59
2.21.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-64: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB eNB-MME Message
1 Force the Network to initiate Detach procedure with the Detach Type IE “IMSI detach”
<-- DETACH REQUEST
- -
2 The UE may send DETACH ACCEPT message.(Optional)
--> DETACH ACCEPT
- -
3 Check: Does the UE send TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message?
--> TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
1 P
2.21.3.3 Specific Message Content
Refer to Step 1 in Table 2-65.
Table 2-65: Message DETACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Detach type ‘011’B “IMSI detach”
EMM cause Not present
Refer to Step 3 in Table 2-65.
Table 2-66: Message TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS update type
EPS update type value ‘010’B “Combined TA/LA updating with IMSI attach”
Old GUTI GUTI-1
Last visited registered TAI TAI-1
Old location area identification Not Present
TMSI status ‘0’B “no valid TMSI available”
60 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.22. Authentication: Test 1505
On receiving invalid AUTN(Invalid MAC), UE sends AUTHENTICATION FAILURE message with “MAC failure”, andnetwork terminate the attach procedure
2.22.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE having sent an initial NAS message }
ensure that {
when { as a result of failure due to “MAC failure” of an Authentication procedure , network decides not to initiate the identificationprocedure after an unsuccessful authentication procedure the UE receives an AUTHENTICATION REJECT message}
then { the UE shall set the update status to EU3 ROAMING NOT ALLOWED, delete the stored GUTI, TAI list, last visited registered TAI and KSIASME and enter state EMM-DEREGISTERED }
}
2.22.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clauses 5.4.2.5.
2.22.3. Test Description
2.22.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Refer to Table 6-10.
UE:
• None.
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Switched OFF.
2.22.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-67: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB eNB- Message
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 61
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
MME
1 Switch the UE on - - - - -
2 The UE transmits an ATTACH REQUEST message including a GUTI and a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST - -
3 The Network transmits an AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message without integrity protection and ciphering
<-- <-- AUTHENTICATION REQUEST
- -
4 The UE transmits an AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE.
--> --> AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE
- -
5 The Network transmits an AUTHENTICATION REJECT message without integrity protectionand ciphering
<-- <-- AUTHENTICATION REJECT
- -
6 Network releases the RRC connection
- - - 1 -
2.23. Service Request: Test 1704
Test 1704 - Service Request rejected due to IMSI invalid('Illegal UE')
2.23.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE having sent a SERVICE REQUEST message }
ensure that {
when { UE receives a SERVICE REJECT message with the EMM cause set to 'Illegal UE' }
then { UE considers the USIM as invalid for EPS services until switching off or the UICC containing the USIM is removed, enters the state EMM-DEREGISTERED }
}
2.23.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clause 5.6.1.5 and TS 24.008, clause 4.7.13.4.
62 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.23.3. Test Description
2.23.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Set to ''Serving cell'', and configured as shown inTable 6-11
UE:
• None.
Preamble:
• The UE isin state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1.
2.23.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-68: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The Network pages the UE using S-TMSI with CN domain indicator set to “PS”.
- - - - -
- The following messages are to be observed on Cell 1 unless explicitly stated otherwise.
- - - - -
2 The UE transmits a SERVICE REQUEST message. --> --> SERVICE REQUEST
- -
3 The Network transmits a SERVICE REJECT message with the EMM cause set to 'Illegal UE'.
<-- <-- SERVICE REJECT
- -
4 The Network releases the RRC connection. - - - - -
5 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message in the next 30 seconds?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
1 -
6 UE switched off and brought back to operation. - - - - -
7 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
1 -
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 63
2.23.3.3 Specific Message Content
Refer to Step 3 in Table 2-69.
Table 2-69: SERVICE REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EMM cause '00000011'B Illegal UE
Refer to Step 7 in Table 2-69.
Table 2-70: ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
NAS key set identifier
NAS key set identifier '111'B no key is available
TSC Any allowed value TSC does not apply for NAS key set identifier value “111”.
Old GUTI or IMSI IMSI of the UE
Last visited registered TAI
Not present
Old location area identification
Not present
TMSI status Not present
2.24. Service Request:Test 1705
Service Request rejected due to EMM cause set to 'Illegal ME.”
2.24.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE having sent a SERVICE REQUEST message }
ensure that {
when { UE receives a SERVICE REJECT message with the EMM cause set to 'Illegal ME' }
then { UE considers the USIM as invalid for EPS services until switching off or the UICC containing the USIM is removed, enters the state EMM-DEREGISTERED }
}
64 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.24.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clause 5.6.1.5 and TS 24.008, clause 4.7.13.4.
2.24.3. Test Description
2.24.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Set to ''Serving cell'', and configured as shown inTable 6-11
UE:
• None.
Preamble:
• The UE isin stateRegistered, Idle mode (state 2) on cell1 as described in TS36.508.
2.24.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-71: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The Network pages the UE using S-TMSI with CN domain indicator set to “PS”.
- - - - -
- The following messages are to be observed on Cell 1 unless explicitly stated otherwise.
- - - - -
2 The UE transmits a SERVICE REQUEST message. --> --> SERVICE REQUEST
- -
3 The Network transmits a SERVICE REJECT message with the EMM cause set to 'Illegal ME'.
<-- <-- SERVICE REJECT
- -
4 The Network releases the RRC connection. - - - - -
5 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message in the next 30 seconds?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
1 -
6 UE switched off and brought back to operation. - - - - -
7 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
1 -
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 65
2.24.3.3 Specific Message Content
Refer to Step 3 in Table 2-72.
Table 2-72: SERVICE REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EMM cause '00000110'B Illegal ME
Refer to Step 7 in Table 2-72.
Table 2-73: ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
NAS key set identifier
NAS key set identifier '111'B no key is available
TSC Any allowed value TSC does not apply for NAS key set identifier value “111”.
Old GUTI or IMSI IMSI of the UE
Last visited registered TAI
Not present
Old location area identification
Not present
TMSI status Not present
2.25. Service Request: Test 1706
Service Request rejected due to EMM cause set to “EPS Services not Allowed”
2.25.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE having sent a SERVICE REQUEST message }
ensure that {
when { UE receives a SERVICE REJECT message with the EMM cause set to 'EPS services not allowed' }
then { UE considers USIM as invalid for EPS services until switching off or the UICC containing the USIM is removed and enters the state EMM-DEREGISTERED }
}
66 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
2.25.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.301, clause 5.6.1.5 and TS 24.008, clause 4.7.13.4.
2.25.3. Test Description
2.25.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1:
• Set to ''Serving cell'' configured as shown inTable 6-11
UE:
• None.
Preamble:
• The UE isin stateRegistered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell1.
2.25.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 2-74: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The Network pages the UE using S-TMSI with CN domain indicator set to “PS”.
- - - - -
- The following messages are to be observed on Cell 1 unless explicitly stated otherwise.
- - - - -
2 The UE transmits a SERVICE REQUEST message. --> --> SERVICE REQUEST
- -
3 The Network transmits a SERVICE REJECT message with the EMM cause set to 'Illegal UE'.
<-- <-- SERVICE REJECT
- -
4 The Network releases the RRC connection. - - - - -
5 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message in the next 30 seconds?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
1 -
6 UE switched off and brought back to operation. - - - - -
7 Check: Does the UE transmit an ATTACH REQUEST message including a PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message?
--> --> ATTACH REQUEST
1 -
Chapter Two: CS8-LTE-NAS-TS | 67
2.25.3.3 Specific Message Content
Refer to Step 3 in Table 2-75.
Table 2-75: SERVICE REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EMM cause '00000111'B EPS services not allowed
Refer to Step 7 in Table 2-75.
Table 2-76: ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
NAS key set identifier '111'B no key is available
Old GUTI or IMSI IMSI1
Last visited registered TAI Not present
3. CS8-TS-LTE-WCDMA-RRM
3.1. LTE to UMTS Reselection: Test 2101
UE reselects (LAU/RAU) to UMTS network in RRC_Idle state after initial attach on LTE because LTE cell signal is below threshold
3.1.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable UTRA neighbor cell}
then { UE selects the suitable UTRA neighbor cell }
3.1.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.304, clause 4.1, 4.3, 5.2.1, 5.2.3.2 and 5.3.1. TS 25.304, clause 5.2.3.2.
The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled when:
Srxlev > 0
Where:
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas – (Qrxlevmin + Qrxlevminoffset) - Pcompensation
Where:
Srxlev Cell Selection RX level value (dB)
Qrxlevmeas Measured cell RX level value (RSRP).
Qrxlevmin Minimum required RX level in the cell (dBm)
Qrxlevminoffset Offset to the signalled Qrxlevmin taken into account in the Srxlev evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN [5]
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 69
Pcompensation max(PEMAX – PUMAX, 0) (dB)
PEMAX Maximum TX power level an UE may use when transmitting on the uplink in the cell (dBm) defined as PEMAX in [TS 36.101]
PUMAX Maximum RF output power of the UE (dBm) according to the UE power class as defined in [TS 36.101]
The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled when:
for FDD cells: Srxlev > 0 AND Squal > 0
for TDD cells: Srxlev > 0
Where:
Squal = Qqualmeas – Qqualmin
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas - Qrxlevmin - Pcompensation
Squal Cell Selection quality value (dB)
Applicable only for FDD cells.
Srxlev Cell Selection RX level value (dB)
Qqualmeas Measured cell quality value. The quality of the received signal expressed in CPICH Ec/N0 (dB) for FDD cells. CPICH Ec/N0 shall be averaged as specified in [10]. Applicable only for FDD cells.
Qrxlevmeas Measured cell RX level value. This is received signal, CPICH RSCP for FDD cells (dBm) and P-CCPCH RSCP for TDD cells (dBm).
Qqualmin Minimum required quality level in the cell (dB). Applicable only for FDD cells.
Qrxlevmin Minimum required RX level in the cell (dBm)
Pcompensation max(UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH – P_MAX, 0) (dB)
UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH Maximum TX power level an UE may use when accessing the cell on RACH (read in system information) (dBm)
P_MAX Maximum RF output power of the UE (dBm)
70 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.1.3. Test Description
3.1.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1 and Cell 5:
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
• Cell 5 UTRA cell is neighboring cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 configured as serving as shown inTable 6-16
• Cell 5 configured as suitable neighbor cell as shown inTable 6-17
System information combination 4 as defined in the table below.
System Information Block Type
Combination No. SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
4 X X X
Settings of suitable/non-suitable cells (Reference values)
Power Level Type E-UTRAN UTRAN
RSTP Qrxlevmin Srxlev RSTP Qrxlevmin Srxlev
serving cell -85 dBm -106 21 -60 dBm -79 19
suitable Intra RAT -91 dBm -106 15 -70 dBm -79 9
Suitable Inter RAT -97 dBm -106 9 -70 dBm -79 9
Non Suitable -115 dBm -106 -9 -90 dBm -79 -11
Non Suitable Off cell -145 dBm -106 -39 -122 dBm -79 -43
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• UE is in state Registered, Idle Mode (state 2) on Cell 1 (serving cell)
3.1.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-1: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB
NodeB-RNC
Message
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 71
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
1 On NETWORK side re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level of Cell 1 so that Srxlev on UE for Cell5 is greater than Cell 1, i.e Cell5 becomes the strongest cell
- - - -
2 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
3 Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
4 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
5 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
6 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
7 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
8 The network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
9 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
3.1.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 3-2: SystemInformationBlockType1
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
72 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE {
q-Rxlevmin -48
}
}
Table 3-3: SystemInformationBlockType6
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellReselectionPriority[n] 7
q-RxLevMin[n] -60
}
}
3.2. LTE to UMTS Reselection: Test 2103
UE reselects to UMTS network in LTE RRC_Connected state with active data transfer resumed on UMTS because LTE cell signal becomes lower than threshold.
3.2.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable UTRA neighbor celland UE receives an RRCConnectionRelease message}
then { UE selects the suitable UTRA neighbor cell and enters RRC_IDLE state }
}
3.2.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7.
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 73
3.2.3. Test Description
3.2.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1 and Cell 5:
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
• Cell 5 UTRA cell is neighboring cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 configured as serving as shown inTable 6-16
• Cell 5 configured as suitable neighbor cell as shown inTable 6-17
Settings of suitable/non-suitable cells (Reference values)
Power Level Type E-UTRAN UTRAN
RSTP Qrxlevmin Srxlev RSTP Qrxlevmin Srxlev
serving cell -85 dBm -106 21 -60 dBm -79 19
suitable Intra RAT -91 dBm -106 15 -70 dBm -79 9
Suitable Inter RAT -97 dBm -106 9 -70 dBm -79 9
Non Suitable -115 dBm -106 -9 -90 dBm -79 -11
Non Suitable Off cell -145 dBm -106 -39 -122 dBm -79 -43
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1
3.2.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-4: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB
NodeB-RNC Message
On NETWORK side re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level of Cell 1 so that Srxlev on UE for Cell5 is greater than Cell 1, i.e Cell5 becomes the strongest cell
1 Network transmits an RRCConnectionReleasemessage
<-- RRCConnectionRelease - -
74 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
().
2 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
3 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
4
The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
5 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
6 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
7 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
8 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
9 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
3.2.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 3-5: SystemInformationBlockType1
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE {
q-Rxlevmin -48
}
}
Table 3-6: SystemInformationBlockType6
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 75
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellReselectionPriority[n] 7
q-RxLevMin[n] -60
}
}
3.3. LTE to UMTS Redirection: Test 2201
Network redirects UE from LTE to UMTS R99 through “RRC Connection Release”, active data transfer resumed on UMTS
3.3.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable UTRA-R99 neighbor celland UE receives an RRCConnectionRelease message including an IE redirectionInformation with utra-CarrierFreq UTRA frequency }
then { UE selects the suitable UTRA-R99 neighbor cell and resume the active data transfer }
}
3.3.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7.
3.3.3. TestDescription
3.3.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1 and Cell 5:
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as shown in Table 6-10
• Cell 5 UTRA-R99 cell is neighboring cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
Radio Conditions:
76 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
• Cell 1 configuredas shown inTable 6-16
• Cell 5 configured as suitable neighbor cell as shown inTable 6-17
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1
3.3.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-7: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB NodeB-RNC Message
The UE is attached with cell 1 and there is an active UL and DL data transfer on Cell 1.
1 Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message (IE redirectionInformation including UTRA-CarrierFreq of Cell 5).
<-- RRCConnectionRelease - -
1 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
2 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
3 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
4 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
5 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
6 The UE transmits a --> RRC: SECURITY MODE - -
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 77
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
COMPLETE
7 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
8 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
9 Active UL and DL data transferis continued on cell 5
3.3.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 3-8: RRCConnectionRelease Message
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionRelease ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRelease-r8 SEQUENCE {
redirectedCarrierInfo ::= CHOICE {
utra-FDD Downlink UARFCN of cell 5
UTRA-FDD
}
}
}
Table 3-9: System Information Block Type 19
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SysInfoType19 ::= SEQUENCE {
qRxLevMinEUTRA[n] -50
}
}
Table 3-10: SystemInformationBlockType6
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
78 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin[n] -60
}
}
3.4. LTE to UMTS Redirection: Test 2203
Network redirects UE from LTE to UMTS HSDPA/HSUPA through “RRC Connection Release”, active data transfer resumed on UMTS.
3.4.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable UTRA-HSDPA/HSUPA neighbor celland UE receives an RRCConnectionRelease message including an IE redirectionInformation with utra-CarrierFreq UTRA frequency }
then { UE selects the suitable UTRA-HSDPA/HSUPA neighbor cel and resume the active data transfer }
}
3.4.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7.
3.4.3. TestDescription
Pre-test Conditions
3.4.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1 and Cell 5:
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
• Cell 5 UTRA-HSDPA/HSUPA cell is neighboring cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 79
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 configured as serving as shown inTable 6-16
• Cell 5 configured as suitable neighbor cell as shown inTable 6-17
UE:
• -None
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1.
3.4.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-11: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB NodeB-RNC Message
The UE is attached with cell 1 and there isan active UL and DL data transfer is on cell 1
1 Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message (IE redirectionInformation including UTRA-CarrierFreq of Cell 5).
<-- RRCConnectionRelease - -
1 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
2 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
3 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
4 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
5 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
80 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
6 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
7 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
8 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
9 ActiveUL and DL data transfer is continued on cell 5.
3.4.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 3-12: RRCConnectionRelease Message
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionRelease ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRelease-r8 SEQUENCE {
redirectedCarrierInfo ::= CHOICE {
utra-FDD Downlink UARFCN of cell 5
UTRA-FDD
}
}
}
Table 3-13: System Information Block Type 19
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SysInfoType19 ::= SEQUENCE {
qRxLevMinEUTRA[n] -50
}
}
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 81
Table 3-14: SystemInformationBlockType6
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin[n] -60
}
}
3.5. LTE to UMTS Redirection: Test 2207
Network redirects UE from LTE to UMTS R99 through “RRC Connection Release”, redirection failed, UE returns to LTE and resumes data transfer.
3.5.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable UTRA neighbor cell}
then { Network redirects to suitable UTRAN neighboring cell}
(2)
with {UE send RRC CONNECTION REQUEST on UTRA cell and UE in UTRA CELL_DCH state }
ensure that {
when { UE receives an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message including an IE Redirection info with E-UTRA target info E-UTRA frequency }
then { UE enters on E-UTRAN Carrier included in IE Redirection info and resume the active data transfer}
}
3.5.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7, TS 36.331, clauses 5.3.3.2, 5.3.3.3 and 5.3.3.8
82 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.5.3. Test Description
3.5.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1 and Cell 5:
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
• Cell 5 UTRA-R99 is a neighboring cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 configured as serving as shown inTable 6-16
• Cell 5 configured as suitable neighbor cell as shown inTable 6-17
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1.
3.5.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-15: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
The UE is attached on cell 1 and there is an active UL and DL data transferis on Cell 1.
1 Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message (IE redirectionInformation including UTRA-CarrierFreq of Cell 5).
<-- RRCConnectionRelease - -
2 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
1 -
3 The Network transmit a RRC CONNECTION REJECT
<-- RRC CONNECTION REJECT - -
4 The UE transmits a RRCConnectionRequest message on the Cell 1.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest - -
5 Network transmit an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup - -
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 83
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
6 The UE transmits a RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment anda TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUESTmessage is sent to update the registration of the actual tracking area.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionSetupComplete NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
7 The Network transmits a NAS SECURITY MODE COMMAND message to activate NAS security
<-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
8 The UE transmits a NAS SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message and establishes the initial security configuration.
--> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
9 Network responds with TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
10 Check: Does the UE send a TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE on the cell specified in the test case?
--> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
2 -
11 ActiveUL and DL data transfer is continued on cell 1
3.5.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 3-16: RRCConnectionRelease Message
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionRelease ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRelease-r8 SEQUENCE {
redirectedCarrierInfo ::= CHOICE {
utra-FDD Downlink UARFCN of cell 5
UTRA-FDD
}
}
84 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
}
Table 3-17: System Information Block Type 19
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SysInfoType19 ::= SEQUENCE {
qRxLevMinEUTRA[n] -50
}
}
Table 3-18: SystemInformationBlockType6
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin[n] -60
}
}
3.6. UMTS to LTE Reselection: Test 2403
UE reselects (EPS attach) to LTE network when PS session is active on UMTS but UMTS cell signal becomes lower than threshold,active data transfer resumed on LTE
3.6.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in UTRA Cell_FACH state with active UDP data transfer}
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable EUTRA neighbor cell}
then { UE selects the suitable EUTRA neighbor cell }
3.6.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 25.304, clause 4.1, 5.2.3.1 and 5.3.1.
The cell reselection criterion and related parameters are same as mentioned in test case 6.3.1 sub clause 6.3.1.2 Conformance Requirement.
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 85
3.6.3. Test Description
3.6.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 5 and Cell 1:
• Cell 5 UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
• Cell 1 EUTRA neighbor E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 5 configured as serving cell as shown inTable 6-17
• Cell 1 configured as suitable neighbor as shown inTable 6-16
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• UE is in state Registered, URA_PCH Mode on Cell 5 (serving cell) with active data transfer.
3.6.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-19: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The UE is attached with cell 5 and there is an active UL and DL data transfer is on cell 5..
- - - -
2 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message on the Cell 1.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest - -
3 Networktransmits an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup - -
4 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment anda TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUESTmessage is sent to update the registration of the actual tracking area.
--> --> RRC: RRCConnectionSetupCompleteNAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
86 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
5 Network responds with TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
6 Check: Does the UE send a TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE on the cell specified in the test case?
--> --> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
- -
7 Active data transfer is continued on cell 1
- P
3.6.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 3-20: SystemInformationBlockType1
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE {
q-Rxlevmin -40
}
}
Table 3-21: System Information Block Type 19
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SysInfoType19 ::= SEQUENCE {
qRxLevMinEUTRA[n] -65
}
}
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 87
3.7. UMTS to LTE Redirection: Test 2501
Network redirects UE from UMTS R99 to LTE through “RRC Connection Release”, active data transfer resumed on LTE
3.7.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE connected to R99 UTRA Cell and is in Connected Mode Cell_FACHstate}
ensure that {
when { UE has active UL and DL data transfer and receives RRC connection release }
then { UE successfully camp on to EUTRAN cell and data transfer is resumed after registration }
3.7.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 25.331, clause 8.5.2.
3.7.3. Test Description
3.7.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 5 and Cell 1:
• Cell 5 UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
• Cell 1 EUTRA neighbor E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 5 configured as serving cell as shown inTable 6-17
• Cell 1 configured as suitable neighbor as shown inTable 6-16
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• UE has both UL and DL active data.
88 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.7.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-22: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verificatio
(UE-NodeB)/(UE-eNB)
eNB-MME
Message
1 The UE is attached on cell 5 and there is an active UL and DL data transfer is on cell 5.
- - - -
2 Network sends RRCConnectionRelease on Cell 5
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionRelease - -
3 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message on the Cell 1.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest - -
4 Networktransmit an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup - -
5 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment anda TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUESTmessage is sent to update the registration of the actual tracking area.
--> --> RRC: RRCConnectionSetupCompleteNAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
6 Network responds with TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
7 Check: Does the UE send a TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE on the cell specified in the test case?
--> --> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
- -
8 ActiveUL and DL data transfer is continued on cell 1
- P
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 89
3.7.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Refer to Step 2 in Table 3-22.
Table 3-23: RRCConnectionRelease
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Release cause Congestion
3.8. UMTS to LTE Redirection: Test 2503
Network redirects UE from UMTS HSDPA/HSUPA to LTE through “RRC Connection Release”active data transfer resumed on LTE.
3.8.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE connected to HSDPA UTRA Cell and is in RRC Connected Mode Cell_ FACHstate}
ensure that {
when { UE has active data transfer and receives RRC connection release }
then { UE successfully camp on to EUTRAN cell and data transfer is resumed after registration }
3.8.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in:TS 25.331 ,clause 8.5.2.
3.8.3. Test Description
3.8.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 5 and Cell 1:
• Cell 5 UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
• Cell 1 EUTRA neighbor E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 5 configured as serving cell as shown inTable 6-17
• Cell 1 configured as suitable neighbor as shown inTable 6-16
90 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• UE has active data.
3.8.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-24: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 The UE is attached on cell 5 and there is an active UL and DL data transfer is on cell 5
- - - -
2 Network sends RRCConnectionRelease on Cell 5
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionRelease - -
3 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message on the Cell 1.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest - -
4 Networktransmit an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup - -
5 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment anda TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUESTmessage is sent to update the registration of the actual tracking area.
--> --> RRC: RRCConnectionSetupCompleteNAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
6 Network responds with TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
7 Check: Does the UE send a TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE on the cell specified in the test case?
--> --> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
- -
8 Activedata transfer is continued on cell 1
- P
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 91
3.8.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 3-25: RRCConnectionRelease
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Release cause Congestion
Redirection Information
Frequency info
Inter-RAT Info
Inter-RAT info EUTRA
E-UTRA Target
DL Carrier Frequency EARFCN (DL) Of Cell 1
Physical Cell Identity 1 Cell ID of Cell 1
3.9. UMTS to LTE Redirection: Test 2507
Network redirects UE from UMTS R99 to LTE through “RRC Connection Release” redirection failed, UE returns to UMTS and resumes data transfer.
3.9.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE connected to R99 UTRA Cell and is in RRC Connected Mode Cell_ FACHstate}
ensure that {
when { UE has active UL and DL data transfer and receives RRC connection release }
then { UE is unable to camp on the EUTRAN cell , it camps on back to UTRA cell in some time and data transfer is resumed }
3.9.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in:TS 25.331, clause 8.5.2.
92 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.9.3. Test Description
3.9.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 5 and Cell 1:
• Cell 5 UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
• Cell 1 EUTRA neighbor E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 5 configured as serving cell as shown inTable 6-17
• Cell 1 configured as suitable neighbor as shown inTable 6-16
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• UE has both UL and DL active data.
3.9.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-26: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
(UE-NodeB)/(UE-eNB)
eNB-MME
Message
1 The UE is attached on cell 5 and there is an active UL and DL data transfer is on cell 5.
Keep the Cell 1power low.
- - - -
2 Network sends RRCConnectionRelease on Cell 5
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionRelease
- -
3 The UEis unable totransmit a RRCConnectionRequest message on the Cell 1.
- -
5 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
6 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 93
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
7 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
8 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
9 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
10 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
11 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
12 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
13 Active UL and DL data transfer is continued on cell 5
3.10. Stress Testing – LTE-UMTS: Test 2703
UE maintains active data transfer on LTE network for 20 minutes with fading and noise, UMTS network is present.
3.10.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in RRC_connected state in EUTRAN network with active UDP data transfer and UTRAN network also available }
ensure that {
when { in multiple fading and noise conditions}
then { UE is able to maintain connection with EUTRAN network with continuous active data transfer for 20 mins }
}
94 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.10.2. Conformance Requirement
None (General Stress Testing TC)
3.10.3. Test Description
3.10.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 5 and Cell 1:
• Cell 5 UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
• Cell 1 EUTRA neighbor E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 5 configured as serving cell as shown inTable 6-17
• Cell 1 configured as serving cell as shown inTable 6-16
Introduce fading and noise as shown in the table below.
Test Parameters LTE
Noise SNR = -10
Fading Profile EVA5
TM mode TM2
Data Rate (UL/DL) 8Mbps/37 Mbps
(based on Scheduler Configuration and UE Category)
UE:
• UE is connected to Cell 1
• USIM configuration
USIM Field Priority Value Access Technology
EFPLMNwAcT
EFOPLMNwAcT 1 PLMN2 UTRAN
Preamble:
• PLMN1 is HPLMN. Cell 1 (EUTRAN) belongs to PLMN1.
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 95
3.10.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-27: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB
eNB-MME
Message
1 Start data transfer UL – DL UDP and continue it for 20 minutes
1 P
3.10.3.3 Parameter Options
Table 3-28: Parameter Options
Test Parameters LTE Comments
Noise SNR = 0, 10 AWGN is enabled
Fading Profile EPA5, HST
Data Rate (UL(Mbps)/DL(Mbps)) 5/10, 15/25, 20/60 Depending on Cell radio condition and TM mode.
RS EPRE(dBm) -75,-80, -90, -95
PLMN of UTRAN cell (Cell 5) PLMN1 HPLMN
3.11. Stress Testing – LTE-UMTS: Test 2704
UE maintains active data transfer on UMTS network for 20 minutes with fading and noise, LTE network is present.
3.11.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in Cell DCH state in UTRAN network with active UDP data transfer and EUTRAN network also available }
ensure that {
when { in multiple fading and noise conditions}
then { UE is able to maintain connection with UTRAN network with continuous active data transfer for 20 mins }
}
3.11.2. Conformance Requirement
None (General Stress Testing TC).
96 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.11.3. Test Description
3.11.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 5 and Cell 1:
• Cell 5 UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
• Cell 1 EUTRA neighbor E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 5 configured as serving cell as shown inTable 6-17
• Cell 1 configured as serving cell as shown inTable 6-16
Introduce fading and noise as shown intable below.
Test Parameters UMTS
Noise CPICH_Ec/No = -102.0
Fading Profile PA3
TM mode TM2
Data Rate (UL/DL) .5 Mbps/1 Mbps
(Different TP Value can be used)
UE:
• UE is connected to Cell 1
• USIM configuration
USIM Field Priority Value Access Technology
EFPLMNwAcT
EFOPLMNwAcT 1 PLMN2 EUTRAN
Preamble:
• PLMN1 is HPLMN. Cell 5 (UTRAN) belongs to PLMN1.
3.11.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-29: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB
eNB-MME
Message
1 Start data transfer UL – DL UDP and continue it for 20 minutes
1 P
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 97
3.11.3.3 Parameter Options
Table 3-30: Parameter Options
Test Parameters UMTS Comments
Noise CPICH_Ec/No = 0, 10 AWGN is enabled
Fading Profile PA3, PB3, Case1
CPICH_Ec (dBm) -60, -55,-70
3.12. LTE to UMTS Cell Reselection: Test 2705
(RRC_IDLE). Simultaneously ramp down LTE power(1dB/5sec) and ramp up UMTS power, check for success rate for 30 iterations.
3.12.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell power is attenuated at 1dB/5 seconds & non serving cell power is gradually increased}
then { UE reselects the suitable UTRA neighbor cell for 30 such iterations }
3.12.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.304, clause 4.1, 4.3, 5.2.1, 5.2.3.2 and 5.3.1. For TS 25.304, clause 5.2.3.2.
3.12.3. Test Description
3.12.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 5 and Cell 1:
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
• Cell 5 UTRA cell is neighboring cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 configured as serving as shown inTable 6-16
• Cell 5 configured as suitable neighbor cell as shown inTable 6-17
98 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Introduce fading and noise as shown in table below.
Test Parameters LTE
Noise SNR = -10
Fading Profile High Speed Train
TM mode TM2
UE:
• UE in E-UTRA RRC_IDLE state.
Preamble:
• UE is in state Registered, Idle Mode (state 2) on Cell 1 (serving cell).
3.12.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-31: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB
NodeB-RNC
Message
1a Perform Setup Configuration. Attach the UE to LTE Network (Cell 1), Bring UE to RRC Idle State.
1b Cell power of Cell 1 is attenuated with the rate of 1db/5sec.
- - - -
1c Cell power of Cell 5 is increased gradually (both step 1b and 1c are executed simultaneously)
2 Repeat step 1a and 1b till step 3-10 executes. Capture RSTP level during reselection for each iteration.
3 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
4 Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
5 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
6 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING
- -
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 99
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
AREA UPDATE REQUEST
7 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
8 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
9 The network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
10 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
11 Repeat step 1a to 10, 29 more times.
Check for Reselection is successful or not. User can note the Power Levels at which reselection is getting triggered.
Table 3-32: Parameter Options
Test Parameters LTE Comments
Noise SNR = 0, 10 AWGN to be set true.
Fading Profile EPA5, HST
TM mode TM1,TM2,
Starting RS EPRE(dBm) value for Cell 1 -45,-75,-80,
100 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.13. UE Reselection from LTE to UMTS Cell: Test 2707
Simultaneously ramp down LTE power(1B/5sec) and ramp up UMTS power, check for success rate for 30 iterations
3.13.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_Connected state }
ensure that {
when { return to Idle state with the serving cell power is attenuated at 1dB/5 seconds & ramp up of non-serving cell is performed}
then { UE reselects the suitable UTRA neighbor cell for 30 such iterations }
3.13.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.304, clause 4.1, 4.3, 5.2.1, 5.2.2, 5.2.3.2 and 5.3.1. For TS 25.304, clause 5.2.3.2.
3.13.3. Test Description
3.13.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 5 and Cell 1:
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
• Cell 5 UTRA cell is neighboring cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 configured as serving as shown inTable 6-16 for emergency calls only.
• Cell 5 configured as suitable neighbor cell as shown in Table 6-17
Introduce fading and noise as shown intable below.
Test Parameters LTE
Noise SNR = -10
Fading Profile EVA5
TM mode TM2
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 101
UE:
• UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state.
Preamble:
• UE is in state Registered, RRC Connected modeon Cell 1 (serving cell)
3.13.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-33: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB
NodeB-RNC
Message
1a UE is in RRC Connection mode on Cell 1and turns to idle state and starts cell reselection.
1b Cell power of Cell 1 is attenuated with the rate of 1db/5sec.
- - - -
1c Power level of Cell5 is increased gradually.(both Step 1b and 1c are executed simultaneously)
Rrc connection release on Cell 1
2 Repeat step 1 till step 3-10 executes.User can capture threshold reading for min, max and avg threshold level throughout iterations.
3 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
4 Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
5 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
6 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
102 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
7 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
8 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
9 The network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
10 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
11 Repeat step 1a to 10, 29 more times.
Check for reselection is getting triggered or not.
Table 3-34: Parameter Options
Test Parameters LTE Comments
Noise SNR = 0, 10
Fading Profile EPA5, HST
TM mode TM1,TM2,
Starting Power levelCell 1 -45,-75
3.14. LTE to UMTS(R99) Redirection with Fading and Noise: Test 2709
Note the success rate with 30 iterations.
3.14.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell has comparable signal strength against suitable UTRA-R99 neighbor celland UE receives an RRCConnectionRelease message including an IE redirectionInformation with utra-CarrierFreq UTRA frequency
}
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 103
then { UE registers on redirected UTRA-R99 neighbor cell and enters RRC_CONNECTED state on UTRA frequency included in IE redirectionInformation & then goes to RRC_Idle state }
}
3.14.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7.
3.14.3. Test Description
3.14.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1 and Cell 5
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
• Cell 5 UTRA-R99 is neighboring cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 configured as serving as shown inTable 6-16
• Cell 5 configured as suitable neighbor cell as shown inTable 6-17
Introduce fading and noise as shown intable below.
Test Parameters LTE
Noise SNR = -10
Fading Profile EVA5
TM mode TM2
Data throughput(DL) 37 Mbps
Duplexing FDD
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1. UL and DL active data transfer.
104 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.14.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-35: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB
NodeB-RNC
Message
1a On NETWORK side re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level of Cell 1 so that Srxlev on UE for Cell5 is greater than Cell 1, i.e Cell5 becomes the strongest cell i.e. Suitable Cell condition.
1b Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message (IE redirectionInformation including UTRA-CarrierFreq of Cell 5).
<-- RRCConnectionRelease - -
1c The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
2 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
3 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
4 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
5 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
6 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
7 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
8 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message and data transfer is resumed.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 105
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
9 After 1 min, repeat step 1a to 8, 29 more times and User can note and calculate the redirection success rate.
3.14.3.3 Parameter Options
Table 3-36: Parameter Options
Test Parameters LTE Comments
Noise SNR = 0, 10 AWGN to be set true.
Fading Profile EPA5,HST
Starting Power Level of Cell 1 -75,-80
3.15. LTE to HSPA/HSUPA Redirection: Test 2711
Test includes Fading and Noise. Note the success rate for 30 iterations.
3.15.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell has comparable signal strength compared to a suitable UTRA-R99 neighbor celland UE receives an RRCConnectionRelease message including an IE redirectionInformation with utra-CarrierFreq UTRA frequency
}
then { UE registers on redirected UTRA HSDPA neighbor cell and enters RRC_CONNECTED state on UTRA frequency included in IE redirectionInformation & then goes to RRC_Idle state }
}
3.15.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7.
106 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.15.3. TestDescription
3.15.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1 and Cell 5
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
• Cell 5 UTRA-HSDPA cell is neighboring cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 configured as serving as shown inTable 6-16
• Cell 5 configured as suitable neighbor cell as shown inTable 6-17
Introduce fading and noise as shown intable below.
Test Parameters LTE
Noise -10
Fading Profile EVA5
TM mode TM2
Data throughput(UL/DL) 0.5 Mbps/.5 Mbps
Duplexing FDD
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1. UL and DL active data transfer.
3.15.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-37: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB
NodeB-RNC
Message
1a On NETWORK side re-adjusts the power level of Cell 1 and Cell 5 such that both cell falls in suitable cell signal strength. eg. -70 dBm and -65 dBm respectivity.Active data getting pumped.
1b Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message
<-- RRCConnectionRelease - -
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 107
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
(IE redirectionInformation including UTRA-CarrierFreq of Cell 5).
1c The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
2 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
3 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
4 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
5 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
6 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
7 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
8 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message and data transfer is resumed.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
9 After 1 min, repeat step 1a to 8, 29 more times and User can note and calculate the redirection success rate.
3.15.3.3 Parameter Options
Table 3-38: Parameter Options
Test Parameters LTE Comments
Noise SNR= 0, 10 AWGN to be set true.
Fading Profile EPA5, HST
TM Mode TM2,
108 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Test Parameters LTE Comments
Starting RS EPRE(dBm) value for Cell 1 -75,-80
3.16. Redirection LTE to UMTS: Test 2730
Later UE Reselects the LTE Network.
3.16.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable UTRA-R99 neighbor celland UE receives an RRCConnectionRelease message including an IE redirectionInformation with utra-CarrierFreq UTRA frequency }
then { UE registers on redirected UTRA-R99 neighbor cell and resume the active data transfer after data transfer.Data Transfer is stopped UE is in UTRA Idle state}
}
(2)
with { UE in UTRA IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { the connected UTRA cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable EUTRA neighbor cell available}
then { UE selects the suitable EUTRA neighbor cell }
3.16.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7 and TS 25.304, clause 4.1, 5.2.3.1 and 5.3.1.
3.16.3. Test Description
3.16.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1 and Cell 5:
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
• Cell 5 UTRA-R99 cell is neighboring cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 109
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 configured as serving as shown inTable 6-16
• Cell 5 configured as suitable neighbor cell as shown inTable 6-17
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1.
3.16.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-39: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB
NodeB-RNC
Message
The UE is attached with cell 1 and there is an active UL and DL data transfer on Cell 1.
1 Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message (IE RedirectionInformation including UTRA-CarrierFreq of Cell 5).
<-- RRCConnectionRelease - -
2 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
3 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP - -
4 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
5 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
6 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
7 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
110 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
8 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
9 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
10 Active UL and DL data transferis continued on cell 5.
Stop Data Transfer
11 Network entity, adjusts cell conditions such that Cell 5 becomes Non-Suitable Cell and Cell 1 as suitable cell.
Power measurement configuration can be derived from Table 6-15 and Table 6-16for respective RAT.
- - - -
12 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message on the Cell 1.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest - -
13 Networktransmits an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup - -
14 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment anda TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUESTmessage is sent to update the registration of the actual tracking area.
--> --> RRC: RRCConnectionSetupComplete NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
15 Network responds with TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
16 Check: Does the UE send a TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE on the cell specified in the test case?
--> --> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
2 -
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 111
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
17 Execute Steps 1-16 thirty times.
3.16.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 3-40: RRCConnectionRelease Message
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionRelease ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRelease-r8 SEQUENCE {
redirectedCarrierInfo ::= CHOICE {
utra-FDD Downlink UARFCN of cell 5
UTRA-FDD
}
}
}
Table 3-41: System Information Block Type 19
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SysInfoType19 ::= SEQUENCE {
qRxLevMinEUTRA[n] -50
}
}
Table 3-42: SystemInformationBlockType6
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin[n] -60
}
}
112 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.17. Reselection from LTE to UMTS: Test 2731
(RRC_IDLE); later UE is redirected back to LTE Network with active data transfer in progress.
3.17.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable UTRA neighbor cell}
then { UE selects the suitable UTRA neighbor cell }
(2)
with { UE connected to R99 UTRA Cell and is in Connected Mode Cell_FACHstate}
ensure that {
when { UE has active UL and DL data transfer and receives RRC connection release }
then { UE successfully camp on to EUTRAN cell and data transfer is resumed after registration}
3.17.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.304, clause 4.1, 4.3, 5.2.1, 5.2.3.2 and 5.3.1. TS 25.304, clause 5.2.3.2and TS 25.331 clause 8.5.2.
3.17.3. Test Description
3.17.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 1 and Cell 5
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
• Cell 5 UTRA-R99 cell is neighboring cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 configured as serving as shown inTable 6-16
• Cell 5 configured as suitable neighbor cell as shown inTable 6-17
UE:
• None
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 113
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1.
Settings of suitable/non-suitable cells (Reference values)
Power Level Type E-UTRAN UTRAN
RSTP Qrxlevmin Srxlev RSTP Qrxlevmin Srxlev
serving cell -85 dBm -106 21 -60 dBm -79 19
suitable Intra RAT -91 dBm -106 15 -70 dBm -79 9
Suitable Inter RAT -97 dBm -106 9 -70 dBm -79 9
Non Suitable -115 dBm -106 -9 -90 dBm -79 -11
Non Suitable Off cell -145 dBm -106 -39 -122 dBm -79 -43
3.17.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-43: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-NodeB
NodeB-RNC
Message
1 UE is attached on Cell 1, RRC State is Idle.
On NETWORK side re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level of Cell 1 so that Srxlev on UE for Cell5 is greater than Cell 1.For instance, Cell5 becomes the strongest cell.
- - - -
2 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
3 Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
4 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
5 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
114 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
6 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
7 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
8 The network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
9 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
10 The UE is attached on cell 5 and Start an active UL and DL data transferon Cell 5.
- - - -
11 Network sends RRCConnectionRelease on Cell 5.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionRelease - -
12 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message on the Cell 1.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest - -
13 Networktransmits an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup - -
14 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment anda TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUESTmessage is sent to update the registration of the actual tracking area.
--> --> RRC: RRCConnectionSetupComplete NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
15 Network responds with TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 115
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
16 Check: Does the UE send a TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE on the cell specified in the test case?
--> --> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
- -
17 ActiveUL and DL data transfer is continued on Cell 1.
2 -
18 Repeat Steps 1-17 twenty-nine times.
3.17.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 3-44: SystemInformationBlockType1
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE {
q-Rxlevmin -48
}
}
Table 3-45: SystemInformationBlockType6
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellReselectionPriority[n] 7
q-RxLevMin[n] -60
}
}
116 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.18. UE Redirection from UMTS: Test 2732
R99 to LTE Cell with active data transfer. Later UE reselects UMTS Cell.
3.18.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE connected to R99 UTRA Cell and is in Connected Mode Cell_FACHstate}
ensure that {
when { UE has active UL and DL data transfer and receives RRC connection release }
then { UE successfully camp on to EUTRAN cell and data transfer is resumed after registration }
(2)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state, , bring UE to RRC Idle State then }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable UTRA neighbor celland UE receives an RRCConnectionRelease message}
then { UE reselects & registers on the suitable UTRA neighbor cell and enters RRC_IDLE state }
}
3.18.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 25.331, clause 8.5.2 and TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7.
3.18.3. Test Description
3.18.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 5 and Cell 1:
• Cell 5 UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
• Cell 1 EUTRA neighbor E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 5 configured as serving cell as shown inTable 6-17
• Cell 1 configured as suitable neighbor as shown inTable 6-16
UE:
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 117
• None
Preamble:
• UE has both UL and DL active data.
3.18.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-46: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
(UE-NodeB)/(UE-eNB)
eNB-MME
Message
1 The UE is attached on cell 5 and there is an active UL and DL data transfer is on cell 5.
- - - -
2 Network sends RRCConnectionRelease on Cell 5
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionRelease - -
3 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message on the Cell 1.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest - -
4 Networktransmits an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup - -
5 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment anda TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUESTmessage is sent to update the registration of the actual tracking area.
--> --> RRC: RRCConnectionSetupCompleteNAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
6 Network responds with TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
7 Check: Does the UE send a TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE on the cell specified in the test case?
--> --> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
- -
8 Check if activeUL and DL data transfer is continued on Cell 1.
- P
118 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
9 On NETWORK side re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level of Cell 1 so that Srxlev on UE for Cell5 is greater than Cell 1, i.e Cell5.becomes the strongest cell
10 Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message
<-- RRCConnectionRelease - -
11 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST - -
12 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP - -
13 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
14 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
15 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND - -
16 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE - -
17 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
18 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
2 -
19 Repeat Steps 1-18 twenty-nine times
3.18.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 3-47: SystemInformationBlockType1
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 119
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE {
q-Rxlevmin -48
}
}
Table 3-48: SystemInformationBlockType6
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellReselectionPriority[n] 7
q-RxLevMin[n] -60
}
}
3.19. UE Reselects from UMTS to LTE: Test 2733
With PS session active on UMTS, UE then get redirected to UMTS.
3.19.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in UTRA IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { the connected UTRA cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable EUTRA neighbor cell available}
then { UE selects the suitable EUTRA neighbor cell }
(2)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable UTRA-R99 neighbor celland UE receives an RRCConnectionRelease message including an IE redirectionInformation with utra-CarrierFreq UTRA frequency }
then { UE registers on UTRA-R99 neighbor cell and resume the active data transfer }
}
120 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
3.19.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 25.304, clause 4.1, 5.2.3.1 and 5.3.1 and TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7.
3.19.3. Test Description
3.19.3.1 Setup Configuration
Cell 5 and Cell 1:
• Cell 5 UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-13 and Table 6-15
• Cell 1 EUTRA neighbor E-UTRA cell as shown inTable 6-10
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 5 configured as serving cell as shown inTable 6-17
• Cell 1 configured as suitable neighbor as shown inTable 6-16
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• UE is in state Registered, UTRA Idle Mode (state 2) on Cell 5 (serving cell).
3.19.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 3-49: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 Network entity adjusts cell conditions such that Cell 5 becomes a Non-Suitable cell and Cell 1 as a suitable cell.
Power measurement configuration can be derived from Table 6-15 and Table 6-15 for respective RAT.
- - - -
2 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message on the Cell 1.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest - -
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 121
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
3 Networktransmits an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup - -
4 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment anda TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUESTmessage is sent to update the registration of the actual tracking area.
--> --> RRC: RRCConnectionSetupCompleteNAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
5 Network responds with TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
6 Check: Does the UE send a TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE on the cell specified in the test case?
--> --> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
7 The UE is attached with cell 1 and there is an active UL and DL data transfer on Cell 1.
8 Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message (IE redirectionInformation including UTRA-CarrierFreq of Cell 5).
<-- RRCConnectionRelease - -
9 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on Cell 5.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST - -
10 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP - -
11 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
12 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
122 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
13 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND - -
14 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE - -
15 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
16 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
17 Active UL and DL data transferis continued on Cell 5.
18 Repeat Steps 1-17 five times.
3.19.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 3-50: SystemInformationBlockType1
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE {
q-Rxlevmin -40
}
}
Table 3-51: System Information Block Type 19
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SysInfoType19 ::= SEQUENCE {
qRxLevMinEUTRA[n] -65
}
}
Table 3-52: SystemInformationBlockType6
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin[n] -60
}
Chapter Three: CS8-LTE-WCDMA-RRM-TS | 123
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
}
4. CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS
4.1. LTE to UMTS: Test 2302
The following sections provide information on the LTE to UMTS: Active Handover with Measurement Gap Test 2302.
4.1.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and UE detects entering condition for the event B2 is met }
ensure that {
when { UEreceives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand messageand a DPCH PS RAB combination is configured for an UTRA cell}
then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN-R99 COMPLETE messageon the utra cell in response to this UE transmits UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message and and UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals for the available UTRA cells }
}
4.1.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3.
4.1.3. Test Description
4.1.3.1 Pre-Test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
• Cell 1 and Cell 5
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
• Cell 5 UTRA-R99 cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
• AS-security has been activated and SRB2 with at least one DRB is available on Cell1
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 125
• Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
System information combination 4 as defined below
System Information Block Type
Combination No.
SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
4 X X X
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1.
4.1.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-1: Main Behavior
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
- Network configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according Table C-17, condition UTRA PS RB.
- - - -
1 Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to perform periodical reporting for Cell 5?
--> MeasurementReport - -
2 The network transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.
<-- MobilityFromEUTRACommand
- -
3 Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on cell 5?
--> HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE
- -
126 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
4 The network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message on Cell 5 in order to activate integrity protection.
<-- SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
5 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.
--> SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
6 The network transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information on Cell 5.
<-- UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
- -
7 The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRMmessage on Cell 5.
--> UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM
1 -
4.1.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 4-2: MobilityFromEUTRACommand
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8SEQUENCE {
purpose CHOICE {
handoverSEQUENCE {
targetRAT-Type utra
targetRAT-MessageContainer HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNTvalue
systemInformation Not present
}
}
}
}
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 127
}
}
Table 4-3: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND
Refer to Table B.17, condition UTRA PS RB
Table 4-4: UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
Information Element Value/remark
CN information info
- PLMN identity
- MCC 001
- MNC 01
- CN common GSM-MAP NAS system information 00 01H
- CN domain information list full
- CN domain identity PS
- CN domain specific NAS system information 01 00H
- DRX cycle length coefficient 7
- CN domain identity CS
- CN domain specific NAS system information 1E 01H
- DRX cycle length coefficient 7
Table 4-5: MeasurementReport
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {
measResults ::= SEQUENCE {
measId 1
measResultServCell ::= SEQUENCE { Report Cell 1
rsrpResult (0..97)
rsrqResult (0..34)
}
measResultNeighCells CHOICE {
measResultListUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {
physCellId[1] CHOICE {
Fdd physicalCellIdentity – Report Cell 5 UTRA-FDD
128 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
Cell 5
Tdd physicalCellIdentity – Cell 5
Report Cell 5 UTRA-TDD
}
measResult [1] ::= SEQUENCE {
utra-RSCP (-5..91) UTRA-TDD
utra-EcN0 (0..49) UTRA-FDD
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
4.2. LTE to UMTS: Test 2304
This section provides information on the LTE to UMTSActive Handover with Measurement Gap Test: 2304.
4.2.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and UE detects entering condition for the event B2 is met }
ensure that {
when { UEreceives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and a DPCH and HS-PDSCH PS RAB combination is configured for an UTRA cell}
then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on the utra-HSPA cell in response to this UE transmits UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message and UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals for the available UTRA cells }
}
4.2.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3.
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 129
4.2.3. Test Description
4.2.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
• Cell 1 and Cell 5
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
• Cell 5 UTRA-HSDPA cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
• AS-security has been activated and SRB2 with at least one DRB is available on Cell1
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
• Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
• System information combination 4 as defined below
System Information Block Type
Combination No. SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
4 X X X
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1.
4.2.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-6: Main Behavior
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
- Network configures UTRA-HSDPA cell 5 to reference configuration according Table C-17, condition UTRA HSDPA RB.
- - - -
130 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
1 Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to perform periodical reporting for Cell 5?
--> MeasurementReport
2 The network transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.
<-- MobilityFromEUTRACommand
- -
3 Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on cell 5?
--> HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE
- -
4 The network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message on Cell 5 in order to activate integrity protection.
<-- SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
5 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.
--> SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
6 The network transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information on Cell 5.
<-- UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
- -
7 The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRMmessage on Cell 5.
--> UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM
1 -
4.2.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 4-7: MobilityFromEUTRACommand
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8SEQUENCE {
purpose CHOICE {
handoverSEQUENCE {
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 131
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
targetRAT-Type utra
targetRAT-MessageContainer HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNTvalue
systemInformation Not present
}
}
}
}
}
}
Table 4-8: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND
Refer Table B.17, condition UTRA HSDPA RB
Table 4-9: UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
Information Element Value/remark
CN information info
- PLMN identity
- MCC 001
- MNC 01
- CN common GSM-MAP NAS system information 00 01H
- CN domain information list full
- CN domain identity PS
- CN domain specific NAS system information 01 00H
- DRX cycle length coefficient 7
- CN domain identity CS
- CN domain specific NAS system information 1E 01H
- DRX cycle length coefficient 7
4.3. LTE to UMTS: Test 2301
This section provides information on the LTE to UMTS Active Handover without Measurement Gap Test: 2301.
132 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
4.3.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { UEreceives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand messageand a DPCH and HS-PDSCH PS RAB combination is configured for an UTRA cell}
then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE messageon the utra-HSDPA cell in response to this UE transmits UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message }
}
4.3.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3.
4.3.3. Test Description
4.3.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
• Cell 1 and Cell 5
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
• Cell 5 UTRA-HSDPA cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
• AS-security has been activated and SRB2 with at least one DRB is available on Cell1
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
• Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
System information combination 4 as defined below
System Information Block Type
Combination No. SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
4 X X X
UE:
• None
Preamble:
• The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1.
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 133
4.3.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-10: Main Behavior
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
1 Network configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according Table C-17, condition UTRA HSDPA RB.
- - - -
2 The network transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.
<-- MobilityFromEUTRACommand
- -
3 Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on cell 5?
--> HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE
- -
4 The network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message on Cell 5 in order to activate integrity protection.
<-- SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
5 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.
--> SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
6 The network transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information on Cell 5.
<-- UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
- -
7 The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRMmessage on Cell 5.
--> UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM
1 -
4.3.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 4-11: MobilityFromEUTRACommand
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
134 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
c1 CHOICE{
mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8SEQUENCE {
purpose CHOICE {
handoverSEQUENCE {
targetRAT-Type utra
targetRAT-MessageContainer HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNTvalue
systemInformation Not present
}
}
}
}
}
}
Table 4-12: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND
Refer Table B.17, condition UTRA HSDPA RB
Table 4-13: UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
Information Element Value/remark
CN information info
- PLMN identity
- MCC 001
- MNC 01
- CN common GSM-MAP NAS system information 00 01H
- CN domain information list full
- CN domain identity PS
- CN domain specific NAS system information 01 00H
- DRX cycle length coefficient 7
- CN domain identity CS
- CN domain specific NAS system information 1E 01H
- DRX cycle length coefficient 7
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 135
4.4. LTE to UMTS Test: 2308
This section provides information on the LTE to UMTS Active Handover without Measurement Gap Test: 2308.
4.4.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { UEreceives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand messageand a DPCH and HS-PDSCH PS RAB combination is configured for an UTRA cell and before timer T304 expires UE re-establishes RRC connection to E-UTRAN}
then { After successful RRC connection UE resume the active data transfer }
}
4.4.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, clause 5.4.3.5
4.4.3. Test Description
4.4.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
• Cell 1 and Cell 5
• Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
• Cell 5 UTRA-HSDPA cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
• AS-security has been activated and SRB2 with at least one DRB is available on Cell1.
Radio Conditions:
• Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
• Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
System information combination 4 as defined below.
System Information Block Type
Combination No. SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
4 X X X
136 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
UE:
- None
Preamble:
- The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1.
4.4.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-14: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
1 Network configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according Table C-17, condition UTRA HSDPA RB.
- - - -
2 The network transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.
<-- MobilityFromEUTRACommand
- -
3 Before T304 timeout UE transmits a RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message on the cell 1.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest
- -
4 Network transmit an RRCConnectionReestablishment message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionReestablishment
- -
5 The UE transmits a RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment anda TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUESTmessage is sent to update the registration of the actual tracking area.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 137
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
6 The Network transmits a NAS SECURITY MODE COMMAND message to activate NAS security
<-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
7 The UE transmits a NAS SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message and establishes the initial security configuration.
--> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
8 Network responds with TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
9 Check: Does the UE send a TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE on the cell specified in the test case?
--> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
4.4.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 4-15: MobilityFromEUTRACommand
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8SEQUENCE {
purpose CHOICE {
handoverSEQUENCE {
targetRAT-Type utra
targetRAT-MessageContainer HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNTvalue
systemInformation Not present
}
}
}
138 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
}
}
}
4.5. LTE to UMTS Active Handover with Fading: Test 2713
4.5.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state on Cell 1 and serving cell is in noise and fading condition}
ensure that {
when { UEreceives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand messageand a DPCH PS RAB combination is configured for an UTRA cell}
then { The UE must perform handover from EUTRAN to UTRAN in all such 30 iterations}
}
4.5.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3.
4.5.3. Test Description
4.5.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1 and Cell 5
Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
Cell 5 UTRA-R99 cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
- Radio Conditions:
Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
- Introduce fading and noise as per table below:
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 139
Test Parameters LTE
Noise SNR = -10
Fading Profile EPA5
TM mode TM1
Data throughput(UL/DL) 0.5 Mbps/.5 Mbps
Duplexing FDD
UE:
- None
Preamble:
The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1. active data transfer.
4.5.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-16: Main Behavior
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
1 Network configures cell condition such that cell 5 becomes suitable cell and cell 1 becomes non suitable cell
Power measurement configuration can be derived from Table C-15 and Table C-16 for respective RAT.
2 The network transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand messageto Cell 1.
<-- RRC:MobilityFromEUTRACommand
3 The UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE messagetocell 5
--> RRC: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE
4 The network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message on Cell 5 in order to activate integrity protection.
<-- RRC:SECURITY MODE COMMAND
5 The UE transmits a SECURITY --> RRC:SECURITY MODE
140 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
MODE COMPLETE messageto Cell 5.
COMPLETE
6 The network transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information to Cell 5.
<-- RRC:UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
7 The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRMmessageto Cell 5. And data is resumed.
--> RRC:UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM
1
8 Configure system as per Setup configuration step in this test case.
Repeat step from 1-7, 29 more times to calculate handover success rate.
4.5.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 4-17: Main Behavior
Test Parameters LTE Comments
Noise SNR = 0, 10
Fading Profile EVA5, EVA70
TM mode TM2,TM3,TM4
Starting RS EPRE(dBm) value for Cell 1 -75,-80, -90, -95
Table 4-18: Message Parameter Options
Test Parameters UMTS Comments
Noise CPICH_Ec/No = 0, 10 AWGN is enabled
Fading Profile PA3, PB3, Case1
CPICH_Ec (dBm) -60, -55,-70
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 141
4.6. LTE to UMTS Active Handover with Fading: Test 2716
4.6.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state on Cell 1 with noise and fading condition }
ensure that {
when { received power level from the EUTRAN cell decreases and event B2 fires, UE send the measurement report and receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }
then { Then UE must perform handover from EUTRAN to UTRAN in all such 30 iterations }
}
4.6.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, 5.5.4.8.
4.6.3. Test Description
4.6.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1 and Cell 5
Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
Cell 5 UTRA cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
- Radio Conditions:
Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
- Introduce fading and noise as per table below:
Test Parameters LTE
Noise SNR = -10
Fading Profile EPA5
TM mode TM1
Data throughput(UL/DL) 0.5 Mbps/.5 Mbps
Duplexing FDD
142 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
UE:
- None
Preamble:
- The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1. active data transfer.
4.6.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-19: Main Behavior
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
1 Network configures cell condition such that cell 5 becomes suitable cell and cell 1 becomes non suitable cell
Power measurement configuration can be derived from Table C-15 and Table C-16 for respective RAT.
2 The UE transmits measurement report after event B2 is fired to Cell 1
--> RRC:Measurement Report
3 The network transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.
<-- RRC:MobilityFromEUTRACommand
4 The UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on cell 5
--> RRC:HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE
5 The network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message on Cell 5 in order to activate integrity protection.
<-- RRC:SECURITY MODE COMMAND
6 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.
--> RRC:SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
7 The network transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY
<-- RRC:UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 143
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
INFORMATION message to notify CN information on Cell 5.
8 The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRMmessage on Cell 5.
--> RRC:UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM
1
9 Configure system as per SetUP configuration step in this test case.
Repeat step from 1-8, 29 more times to calculate handover success rate
4.6.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 4-20: Parameter Options
Test Parameters LTE Comments
Noise SNR = 0, 10
Fading Profile EVA5, EVA70
TM mode TM2,TM3,TM4
Starting RS EPRE(dBm) value for Cell 1 -75,-80, -90, -95
Table 4-21: Message Parameter Options
Test Parameters UMTS Comments
Noise CPICH_Ec/No = 0, 10 AWGN is enabled
Fading Profile PA3, PB3, Case1
CPICH_Ec (dBm) -60, -55,-70
4.7. LTE to HSPA+ Redirection with Measurement Gap: Test 2206
4.7.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and a Measurement Report message for a configured periodic measurement reporting of UTRA-HSPA+ cells on a configured frequency were sent }
ensure that {
144 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
when { A previously reported cell become unavailable or the UE receives reference signal power on a reported UTRA frequency for a cell which was previously not reported and UE receives an RRCConnectionRelease message including an IE redirectionInformation with utra-CarrierFreq UTRA frequency }
then { UE selects the suitable UTRA-HSPA+ neighbour cell and resume the active data transfer and UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals for the available UTRA cells }
}
4.7.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7, TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.8 and 5.5.5.
4.7.3. Test Description
4.7.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1 and Cell 5
Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
Cell 5 UTRA-HSPA+ cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
- Radio Conditions:
Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
UE:
- None
Preamble:
- The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1.
4.7.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-22: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 145
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
-
The UE is attached on cell 1 and there is an active data transfer is on cell 1.
1 Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to perform periodical reporting for Cell 5?
--> MeasurementReport - -
2 Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message (IE redirectionInformation including UTRA-CarrierFreq of Cell 5).
<-- RRCConnectionRelease - -
3 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
4 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
5 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
6 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
7 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
8 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
9 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
10 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1 -
146 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
11 Active data transfer is continued on cell 5.
4.7.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 4-23: RRCConnectionRelease Message
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionRelease ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRelease-r8 SEQUENCE {
redirectedCarrierInfo ::= CHOICE {
utra-FDD 9800(Downlink UARFCN of cell 5)
UTRA-FDD
}
}
}
Table 4-24: System Information Block Type 19
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SysInfoType19 ::= SEQUENCE {
qRxLevMinEUTRA[n] -50
}
}
Table 4-25: System Information Block Type 6
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin[n] -60
}
}
Table 4-26: Measurement Report
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 147
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
measResults ::= SEQUENCE {
measId 1
measResultServCell ::= SEQUENCE { Report Cell 1
rsrpResult (0..97)
rsrqResult (0..34)
}
measResultNeighCells CHOICE {
measResultListUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {
physCellId[1] CHOICE {
fdd physicalCellIdentity – Cell 5
Report Cell 5 UTRA-FDD
tdd physicalCellIdentity – Cell 5
Report Cell 5 UTRA-TDD
}
measResult [1] ::= SEQUENCE {
utra-RSCP (-5..91) UTRA-TDD
utra-EcN0 (0..49) UTRA-FDD
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
4.8. LTE to HSPA+ Redirection with Measurement Gap: Test 2738
4.8.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and a Measurement Report message for a configured periodic measurement reporting of UTRA-HSPA+ cells on a configured frequency were sent }
ensure that {
when { A previously reported cell become unavailable or the UE receives reference signal power on a reported UTRA frequency for a
148 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
cell which was previously not reported and UE receives an RRCConnectionRelease message including an IE redirectionInformation with utra-CarrierFreq UTRA frequency }
then { UE selects the suitable UTRA-HSPA+ neighbour cell and resume the active data transfer and UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals for the available UTRA cells }
}
4.8.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7.
4.8.3. Test Description
4.8.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1 and Cell 5
Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
Cell 5 UTRA cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
- Radio Conditions:
Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
- Introduce fading and noise as per table below:
Test Parameters LTE
Noise SNR = -10
Fading Profile EVA5
TM mode TM1
Data throughput(UL/DL) 0.5 Mbps/.5 Mbps
Duplexing FDD
UE:
- None
Preamble:
- The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1with active data transfer on Cell 1
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 149
4.8.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-27: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
1a On NETWORK side re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level of Cell 1 so that Srxlev on UE for Cell5 is greater than cell1, i.e Cell 5 becomes the strongest cell i.e. Suitable Cell condition.
1b The UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to perform periodical reporting for Cell 5
--> RRC:MeasurementReport
2 Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message (IE redirectionInformation including UTRA-CarrierFreq of Cell 5).
<-- RRC:RRCConnectionRelease
3 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
4 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
5 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
6 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
7 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
8 The UE transmits a --> RRC: SECURITY MODE
150 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
COMPLETE
9 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
10 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message and resumes active data transfer on Cell 5
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1
11 After 1 min, repeat step 1a to 10, 29 more times and calculate the redirection success rate.
4.8.3.3 Parameters Options
Table 4-28: Parameter Options
Test Parameters LTE Comments
Noise SNR = 0, 10 AWGN to be set true.
Fading Profile EPA5, EVA70
TM mode TM2,TM3,TM4
Starting RS EPRE(dBm) value for Cell 1 -60,-70,-80, -90
Table 4-29: Message Parameter Options
Test Parameters UMTS Comments
Noise CPICH_Ec/No = 0, 10 AWGN is enabled
Fading Profile PA3, PB3, Case1
CPICH_Ec (dBm) -60, -55,-70
4.9. LTE to HSPA+ Handover with Measurement Gap: Test 2310
4.9.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and UE detects entering condition for the event B2 is met }
ensure that {
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 151
when { UEreceives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand messageand a DPCH and HS-PDSCH PS RAB combination is configured for an UTRA HSPA+ cell}
then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE messageon the UTRA-HSPA + cell in response to this UE transmits UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message and UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals for the available UTRA HSPA+ cells }
}
4.9.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3., 5.5.4.8.
4.9.3. Test Description
4.9.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1 and Cell 5
Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
Cell 5 UTRA cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
AS-security has been activated and SRB2 with at least one DRB is available on Cell1
- Radio Conditions:
Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
System information combination 4 as defined below
System Information Block Type
Combination No. SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
4 X X X
UE:
- None
Preamble:
- The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1.
152 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
4.9.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-30: Main Behavior
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
1 Network configures UTRA-HSPA+ cell 5 to reference configuration according Table C-17, condition UTRA HSPA+ RB.
2 The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message to perform periodical reporting for Cell 5
--> RRC:MeasurementReport
3 The network transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.
<-- RRC:MobilityFromEUTRACommand
4 The UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on cell 5
--> RRC:HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE
5 The network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message on Cell 5 in order to activate integrity protection.
<-- RRC:SECURITY MODE COMMAND
6 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.
--> RRC:SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
7 The network transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information on Cell 5.
<-- RRC:UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
8 The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRMmessage on Cell 5.
--> RRC:UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM
1
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 153
4.9.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 4-31: MobilityFromEUTRACommand
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8SEQUENCE {
purpose CHOICE {
handoverSEQUENCE {
targetRAT-Type utra
targetRAT-MessageContainer HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNTvalue
systemInformation Not present
}
}
}
}
}
}
Table 4-32: Handover to UTRAN Command
Refer Table B.17, condition UTRA HSPA+ RB
Table 4-33: UTRAN Mobility Information
Information Element Value/remark
CN information info
- PLMN identity
- MCC 001
- MNC 01
- CN common GSM-MAP NAS system information 00 01H
- CN domain information list full
- CN domain identity PS
- CN domain specific NAS system information 01 00H
- DRX cycle length coefficient 7
- CN domain identity CS
154 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/remark
- CN domain specific NAS system information 1E 01H
- DRX cycle length coefficient 7
4.10. LTE to HSPA+ Handover with Measurement Gap: Test 2740
4.10.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state on Cell 1 with noise and fading condition }
ensure that {
when { received power level from the EUTRAN cell decreases and event B2 fires, UE send the measurement report and receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }
then { Then UE must perform handover from EUTRAN to UTRAN HSPA+ in all such 30 iterations }
}
4.10.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, 5.5.4.8.
4.10.3. Test Description
4.10.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1 and Cell 5
Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
Cell 5 UTRA cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
- Radio Conditions:
Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 155
Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
- Introduce fading and noise as per table below:
Test Parameters LTE
Noise SNR = -10
Fading Profile EVA5
TM mode TM1
Data throughput(UL/DL) 0.5 Mbps/.5 Mbps
Duplexing FDD
UE:
- None
Preamble:
- The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) with active data transfer on cell 1.
4.10.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-34: Main Behavior
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
1 Network configures cell condition such that cell 5 becomes suitable cell and cell 1 becomes non suitable cell
Power measurement configuration can be derived from Table C-15 and Table C-16 for respective RAT.
2 The UE transmits measurement report after event B2 is fired to Cell 1
--> RRC:Measurement Report
3 The network transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.
<-- RRC:MobilityFromEUTRACommand
4 The UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on cell 5
--> RRC:HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE
156 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
5 The network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message on Cell 5 in order to activate integrity protection.
<-- RRC:SECURITY MODE COMMAND
6 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.
--> RRC:SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
7 The network transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information on Cell 5.
<-- RRC:UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
8 The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRMmessage on Cell 5.
--> RRC:UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM
1
9 Configure system as per SetUP configuration step in this test case.
Repeat step from 1-8, 29 more times to calculate handover success rate
4.10.3.3 Parameter Options
Table 4-35: Parameter Options
Test Parameters LTE Comments
Noise SNR = 0, 10
Fading Profile EPA5, EVA70
TM mode TM2,TM3,TM4
Starting RS EPRE(dBm) value for Cell 1 -75,-80, -90, -95
Table 4-36: Message Parameter Options
Test Parameters UMTS Comments
Noise CPICH_Ec/No = 0, 10 AWGN is enabled
Fading Profile PA3, PB3, Case1
CPICH_Ec (dBm) -60, -55,-70
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 157
4.11. LTE to HSPA+: Test 2205
This section provides information on the LTE to HSPA+ Redirection without Measurement Gap Test: 2205.
4.11.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable UTRA-HSPA+ neighbour cell and UE receives an RRCConnectionRelease message including an IE redirectionInformation with utra-CarrierFreq UTRA frequency }
then { UE selects the suitable UTRA-HSPA+ neighbour cell and resume the active data transfer }
}
4.11.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.8.3, 5.3.12 and TS 36.304, clause 5.2.7.
4.11.3. Test Description
4.11.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1 and Cell 5
Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
Cell 5 UTRA-HSPA+ cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
- Radio Conditions:
Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
UE:
- None
Preamble:
- The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1.
158 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
4.11.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-37: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
The UE is aattached with cell 1 and there is an active data transfer is on cell 1
1 Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message (IE redirectionInformation including UTRA-CarrierFreq of Cell 5).
<-- RRCConnectionRelease - -
1 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell 5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
- -
2 The Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
- -
3 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
- -
4 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
- -
5 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
6 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
7 The Network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
- -
8 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
1 -
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 159
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
COMPLETE message. NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
9 Active data transfer is continued on cell 5.
4.11.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 4-38: RRCConnectionRelease Message
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionRelease ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRelease-r8 SEQUENCE {
redirectedCarrierInfo ::= CHOICE {
utra-FDD 9800 (Downlink UARFCN of cell 5)
UTRA-FDD
}
}
}
Table 4-39: System Information Block Type 19
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SysInfoType19 ::= SEQUENCE {
qRxLevMinEUTRA[n] -50
}
}
Table 4-40: SystemInformationBlockType6
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin[n] -60
}
}
160 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
4.12. LTE to HSPA+ Handover without Measurement Gap: Test 2305
4.12.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }
ensure that {
when { UEreceives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand messageand a DPCH and HS-PDSCH PS RAB combination is configured for an UTRA cell}
then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE messageon the utra-HSUPA cell in response to this UE transmits UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message }
}
4.12.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3.
4.12.3. Test Description
4.12.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1 and Cell 5
Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
Cell 5 UTRA-HSUPA cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
AS-security has been activated and SRB2 with at least one DRB is available on Cell1
- Radio Conditions:
Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
System information combination 4 as defined below
System Information Block Type
Combination No. SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
4 X X X
UE:
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 161
- None
Preamble:
- The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on cell 1.
4.12.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-41: Main Behavior
St
Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
1 Network configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according Table C-17, condition UTRA HSUPA RB.
- - - -
2 The network transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.
<-- MobilityFromEUTRACommand
- -
3 Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on cell 5?
--> HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE
- -
4 The network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message on Cell 5 in order to activate integrity protection.
<-- SECURITY MODE COMMAND
- -
5 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.
--> SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- -
6 The network transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information on Cell 5.
<-- UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
- -
7 The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRMmessage on Cell 5.
--> UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM
1 -
162 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
4.12.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 4-42: MobilityFromEUTRACommand
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8SEQUENCE {
purpose CHOICE {
handoverSEQUENCE {
targetRAT-Type utra
targetRAT-MessageContainer HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNTvalue
systemInformation Not present
}
}
}
}
}
}
Table 4-43: Handover to UTRAN Command
Refer Table B.17, condition UTRA HSUPA RB
Table 4-44: UTRAN Mobility Information
Information Element Value/remark
CN information info
- PLMN identity
- MCC 001
- MNC 01
- CN common GSM-MAP NAS system information 00 01H
- CN domain information list full
- CN domain identity PS
- CN domain specific NAS system information 01 00H
- DRX cycle length coefficient 7
- CN domain identity CS
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 163
Information Element Value/remark
- CN domain specific NAS system information 1E 01H
- DRX cycle length coefficient 7
4.13. LTE to HSPA+ Reselection: Test 2104
4.13.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_IDLE state on Cell 1}
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable as cell signal is below threshold and there is a suitable UTRA HSPA+ neighbour cell }
then { UE selects the suitable UTRA HSPA+ neighbour cell }
4.13.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.304, clause 4.3, 5.2.1, 5.2.3.2 and 5.3.1. TS 25.304, clause 5.2.3.1
The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled when:
Where:
Where:
Srxlev Cell Selection RX level value (dB)
Qrxlevmeas Measured cell RX level value (RSRP).
Qrxlevmin Minimum required RX level in the cell (dBm)
Qrxlevminoffset Offset to the signalled Qrxlevmin taken into account in the Srxlev evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN [5]
Pcompensation max(PEMAX – PUMAX, 0) (dB)
PEMAX Maximum TX power level an UE may use when transmitting on the uplink in the cell (dBm) defined as PEMAX in [TS 36.101]
Srxlev > 0
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas – (Qrxlevmin + Qrxlevminoffset) - Pcompensation
164 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
PUMAX Maximum RF output power of the UE (dBm) according to the UE power class as defined in [TS 36.101]
The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled when:
Where:
Squal Cell Selection quality value (dB)
Applicable only for FDD cells.
Srxlev Cell Selection RX level value (dB)
Qqualmeas Measured cell quality value. The quality of the received signal expressed in CPICH Ec/N0 (dB) for FDD cells. CPICH Ec/N0 shall be averaged as specified in [10]. Applicable only for FDD cells.
Qrxlevmeas Measured cell RX level value. This is received signal, CPICH RSCP for FDD cells (dBm) and P-CCPCH RSCP for TDD cells (dBm).
Qqualmin Minimum required quality level in the cell (dB). Applicable only for FDD cells.
Qrxlevmin Minimum required RX level in the cell (dBm)
Pcompensation max(UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH – P_MAX, 0) (dB)
UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH
Maximum TX power level an UE may use when accessing the cell on RACH (read in system information) (dBm)
P_MAX Maximum RF output power of the UE (dBm)
4.13.3. Test Description
4.13.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1 and Cell 5
Cell 1 EUTRA serving E-UTRA cell as per Table C-10
Cell 5 UTRA cell is neighboring cell as per Table C-13 and Table C-14
For FDD cells: Srxlev > 0 AND Squal > 0
Squal = Qqualmeas – (Qqualmin + QqualminOffset)
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas – (Qrxlevmin + QrxlevminOffset) – Pcompensation
Chapter Four: CS8-LTE to UMTS-ENH-TS | 165
- Radio Conditions:
Cell 1 to be configured as serving as per Table C-15
Cell 5 to be configured as suitable neighbor cell as per Table C-16
Table 4-45: System Information Combination 4
System Information Block Type
Combination No. SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
4 X X X
Table 4-46: Cell Configuration
Time Instance Power level
RSTP(dBm) Qrxlevmin(dBm) Srxlev(dB)
T1 Cell1 -60 -106 46
Cell5 -95 -79 -16
T2 Cell1 -120 -106 -14
Cell5 -65 -79 14
UE:
- None
Preamble:
- UE is in state Registered, Idle Mode (state 2) on Cell 1 (serving cell).
4.13.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 4-47: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB /RNC
eNB /RNC –MME/SGSN
Message
1 Both cell1 and cell 5 is configured as per T1 in above cell configuration table
2 The Network configures power level of cell 1 and cell 5 as per T2 in above cell configuration table .
3 The UE transmits a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message on the cell5
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
166 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
4 Network transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
<-- RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP
5 The UE transmits an RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
6 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message.
--> --> RRC: INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
7 The Network transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message.
<-- RRC: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
8 The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
9 The network transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<-- <-- RRC: DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
10 The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.
--> --> RRC: UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER
NAS: ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
1
4.13.3.3 Specific Message Contents
Table 4-48: SystemInformationBlockType1 for Cell 1
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE {
q-Rxlevmin -53
}
}
Table 4-49: SystemInformationBlockType6 for Cell 5
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin[n] -39
}
}
5. CS8-TS-LTE-IDLE
5.1. Cell Selection Intra E-UTRAN: Test 3601
5.1.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_IDLE mode state on Cell 1}
ensure that {
when { UE detects an intra frequency E-UTRA Cell whose cell power is same as serving cell and meets the condition Sservingcell<=Sintrasearch}
then {UE doesn’t intiate cell reselection to neighboring cell }
}
5.1.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 36.304, Clause 5.2.3.2, 5.2.4.2
5.1.3. Test Description
5.1.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1(Table C10) is set to ''Serving cell'' E-UTRA configured as per table C-15
- Cell 2(Table C10) is set to “Neighboring cell “E- UTRA cell as per table C-15
Table 5-1: System Information Combination 2
System Information Block Type
Combination No. SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
2 X X X
Table 5-2: Cell Configuration
Time Instance Power level E-UTRAN
RSTP(dBm) Qrxlevmin(dBm) Srxlev(dB)
168 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Time Instance Power level E-UTRAN
T1 Cell1 -65 -106 41
Cell2 -115 -106 -9
T2 Cell1 -75 -106 31
cell2 -75 -106 31
Cell ranking and cell priority for both cells are the same.
UE:
- The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on cell 1.
Preamble:
- The UE is in state E-UTRA RRC_IDLE state on cell 1.
5.1.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 5-3: Main Behavior
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 Both cell1 and cell 2 is configured as per T1 in above cell configuration table
2 The Network configures power level of cell 1 and cell 2 as per T2 in above cell configuration table .
3 UE calculates the Srxlev of serving cell and neighbouring cell and meets the condition Sservingcell<=Sintrasearch
4 UE does not transmits RRCConnectionRequest to cell 2
5.1.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 5-4: SystemInformationBlockType1 for Cell 1
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin -53
q-RxLevMinOffset 0
Chapter Five: CS8-TS-LTE-IDLE | 169
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
}
p-Max 0
}
}
Table 5-5: SystemInformationBlockType1 for Cell 2
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin -53
q-RxLevMinOffset 0
}
p-Max 0
}
}
Table 5-6: SystemInformationBlockType3 for Cell 1
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType3 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellReselectionInfoCommon SEQUENCE {
s-IntraSearch 11
}
}
5.2. Cell Selection Intra E-UTRAN: Test 3602
5.2.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_IDLE state on cell 1}
ensure that {
when { Serving cell power becomes less and an intra frequency neighboring cell is available with high cell power than serving cell & Sserving cell< Sintrasearch condition is achieved }
then { UE reselects the neighboring cell }
}
170 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
5.2.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.304, clause 5.2.4.2, 5.2.4.6.
5.2.3. Test Description
5.2.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration
Cell 1(Table C10) is set as Serving E- UTRA cell as per Table C-15
Cell 2(Table C10) is set as Neighbouring E- UTRA cell as per Table C-15
System information combination 2 as defined below
System Information Block Type
Combination No. SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
2 X X X
UE:
UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN cell & on E-UTRAN UE is configured on Cell 1
Preamble:
UE is in state E-UTRA RRC idle state on cell 1
Cell Configuration
Time Instance Power level E-UTRAN
RSTP(dBm) Qrxlevmin(dBm) Srxlev(dB)
T1 Cell1 -65 -106 41
Cell2 -115 -106 -9
T2 Cell1 -101 -106 5
cell2 -65 -106 41
Cell ranking and cell priority for both cells are same.
5.2.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 7.6.2.1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB eNB-MME
Message
Chapter Five: CS8-TS-LTE-IDLE | 171
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
1 Both cell1 and cell 2 is configured as per T1 in above cell configuration table
2 The Network configures power level of cell 1 and cell 2 as same as per T2 in above cell configuration table.
3 UE calculates the Srxlev of serving cell and neighbouring celland meets the condition Sservingcell<Sintrasearch
4 UE transmits RRCConnectionRequest to cell 2
--> RRC:RRCConnectionRequest
5 The Network transmits RRCConnectionSetup message to cell 2.
<-- RRC:RRCConnectionSetup
6 The UE transmits RRCConnectionSetup Complete message and TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message for registration of actual tracking area
--> --> RRC:RRCConnectionsetupComplete
NAS:TRACKINGAREAUPDATEREQUEST
7 The Network transmits TRACKINGAREAUPDATE ACCEPT MESSAGE ON CELL 2
<-- <-- RRC:DLInformationTransfer
NAS:TRACKINGAREAUPDATEACCEPT
8 TheUE transmits TRACKINGAREAUPDATECOMPLETE message on cell 2
--> --> RRC:ULInformationTransfer
TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
5.2.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 7.6.2-2: SystemInformationBlockType1 for cell 1 Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin -53
172 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
q-RxLevMinOffset 0
}
p-Max 0
}
}
Table 7.6.2-3: SystemInformationBlockType1 for cell 2 Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin -53
q-RxLevMinOffset 0
}
p-Max 0
}
}
Table 7.6.2-4: SystemInformationBlockType3 for cell1 Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType3 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellReselectionInfoCommon SEQUENCE {
s-IntraSearch 11
}
}
5.3. Cell Selection Intra E-UTRAN: Test 3603
5.3.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_IDLE mode state on Cell 1}
ensure that {
when { UE detects cell reselection criteria for inter frequency cell due to power level of serving cell decreases
}
then {UE reselects to suitable neighboring E-UTRA cell2 }
}
Chapter Five: CS8-TS-LTE-IDLE | 173
5.3.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 36.304, Clause 5.2.3.2, 5.2.4.2
5.3.3. Test Description
5.3.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1 and Cell2 as per Table C-11
- Cell1 and Cell2 are on different frequency.
System information combination 3 as defined below
System Information Block Type
Combination No. SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
3 X X X
Cell configuration TI Power Level
RSTP(dBm) Qrxlevmin(dBm) Srxlev(dB)
T1 Cell 1 -65 -106 41
Cell2 -115 -106 -9
T2 Cell1 -135 -106 -29
Cell2 -65 -106 41
UE:
- The UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on cell 1 .
Preamble:
- The UE is in state E-UTRA RRC _IDLE state on cell 1.
5.3.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 7.6.3-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 Both cell1 and cell 2 is configured
174 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
as per T1 in above cell configuration table
2 The Network configures power level of cell 1 and cell 2 as same as per T2 in above cell configuration table .
3 The Network configures cell condition such that power level of cell 1 decreases and power level of cell 2 increases and meets the condition( Sservingcell<Sintersearch)
4 UE transmits RRCConnectionRequest to cell 2
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest
5 The Network transmits RRCConnectionSetup message to cell 2.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup
6 The UE transmits RRCConnectionSetup Complete message and ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message for registration of actual ROUTING area
--> --> RRC: RRCConnectionsetupComplete
NAS: TRACKINGAREAUPDATEREQUEST
7 The Network transmits ROUTINGAREAUPDATE ACCEPT MESSAGE ON CELL 2
<-- <-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKINGAREAUPDATEACCEPT
8 TheUE transmits ROUTINGAREAUPDATECOMPLETE message on cell
--> --> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
9 The Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease
message to release RRC connection and
move to RRC_IDLE.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionRelease
5.3.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 7.6.3-2: SystemInformationBlockType1 for cell 1 Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::
Chapter Five: CS8-TS-LTE-IDLE | 175
Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin -53
q-RxLevMinOffset 0
}
p-Max 0
}
}
Table 7.6.3-3: SystemInformationBlockType1 for cell 2 Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::
SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin -53
q-RxLevMinOffset 0
}
p-Max 0
}
}
5.4. Cell Reselection: Test 3612
5.4.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_IDLE state on Cell 1}
ensure that {
when { UE detects both intra-frequency and equal priority inter-frequency neigbour cell and inter-frequency cell is the highest ranked cell }
then { UE reselects the inter-frequency cell }
}
5.4.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.304, clause 5.2.4.5 and 5.2.4.6.
176 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
5.4.3. Test Description
5.4.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
- Cell 1 (Table C10) is set to ''Serving cell'' E-UTRA configured as per table C-15
- Cell 2 (Table C10) is set to “Neighboring E- UTRA cell” as per table C-15
Cell1 and cell2 are on different frequency band.
UE:
- the UE is previously registered on E-UTRAN, and when on E-UTRAN, the UE is last authenticated and registered on cell 1 .
Preamble:
- The UE is in state E-UTRA RRC _IDLE state on cell 1
Cell Configuration
Parameter Cell 1 Cell 2
T1 Cell-specific RS EPRE -65 -115
T2 Cell-specific RS EPRE -135 -65
5.4.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 7.6.12-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 UE is in state RRC-IDLE mode on cell 1 as per row T1 of cell configuration table
2 The Network changes the cells power level setting according to the row "T2" as per cell configuration table
3 UE transmits RRCConnectionRequest to cell 2
--> RRC:RRCConnectionRequest
4 The Network transmits RRCConnectionSetup message to cell 2.
<-- RRC:RRCConnectionSetup
5 The UE transmits RRCConnectionSetup Complete
--> --> RRC:RRCConnectionsetupC
Chapter Five: CS8-TS-LTE-IDLE | 177
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
message and TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message for registration of actual tracking area
omplete
NAS:TRACKINGAREAUPDATEREQUEST
6 The Network transmits TRACKINGAREAUPDATE ACCEPT MESSAGE ON CELL 2
<-- <-- RRC:DLInformationTransfer
NAS:TRACKINGAREAUPDATEACCEPT
7 TheUE transmits TRACKINGAREAUPDATECOMPLETE message on cell 2
--> --> RRC:ULInformationTransfer
TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
5.4.3.3 Specific Message Content
Table 7.6.12-2: SystemInformationBlockType1 for cell 1 Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::
SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin -53
q-RxLevMinOffset 0
}
p-Max 0
}
}
Table 7.6.12-3: SystemInformationBlockType1 for cell 2 Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::
SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin -53
q-RxLevMinOffset 0
}
p-Max 0
}
}
6. CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-GSMA
6.1. SIP Registration Procedure: Test 4101
6.1.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE with default bearer established and not registered to IMS network }
ensure that {
when { UE sends an unprotected REGISTER request }
then { IMS Core Network responds with 200 OK and in response UE subscribes to registration event package }
}
6.1.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.229, Clause 5.1.1.2.1, 5.1.1.5.1
6.1.3. Test Description
6.1.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
UE:
- UE is configured to initiate IMS Registration.
- UE must have USIM and ISIM application installed
Preamble:
- UE is attached to the EPC with default bearer established.
6.1.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 8.1.1-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-IMS Core Request/Response
Chapter Six: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-GSMA | 179
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
1 UE sends initial registration for IMS services.
--> REGISTER
2 The IMS Core responds with 200 OK. <-- 200 OK
3 UE subscribes to its registration event package.
--> SUBSCRIBE
4 The IMS Core responds SUBSCRIBE with 200 OK
<-- 200 OK
5 The IMS Core sends initial NOTIFY for registration event package, containing full registration state information for the registered public user identity in the XML body
<-- NOTIFY
6 The UE responds the NOTIFY with 200 OK
--> 200 OK
6.1.3.3 Specific Message Content
REGISTER (Step 1)
Use the default message “REGISTER” in annex G.1.1 with condition A1 "Initial unprotected REGISTER" with exception Security-Client header
200 OK for REGISTER (Step 2)
Use the default message “200 OK for REGISTER” in annex G.1.3
SUBSCRIBE (Step 3)
Use the default message “SUBSCRIBE for reg-event package” in annex G.1.4
200 OK for SUBSCRIBE (Step 4)
Use the default message “200 OK for SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.1.5
NOTIFY (Step 5)
Use the default message “NOTIFY for reg-event package” in annex G.1.6
200 OK for NOTIFY (Step 6)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1
180 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
6.2. SIP Registration Procedure: Test 4102
6.2.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE with default bearer established and not registered to IMS network }
ensure that {
when {UE sends an unprotected REGISTER request with ICSI value in Contact or Accept-Contact header }
then { IMS Core Network responds with 200 OK and in response UE subscribes to registration event package }
}
6.2.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.229, Clause 5.1.1.2.1
6.2.3. Test Description
6.2.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
UE:
- UE is configured to Registered with the IMS network
- The UE supports IMS Multimedia Telephony
- UE must have USIM and ISIM application installed
Preamble:
- UE is attached to the EPC with default bearer established.
6.2.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 8.1.2-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-IMS Core Request/Response
1 UE sends initial registration for IMS services. UE includes ICSI value in
--> REGISTER
Chapter Six: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-GSMA | 181
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
“Contact” or “Accept-Contact” header.
2 The IMS Core responds with 200 OK. <-- 200 OK
3 UE subscribes to its registration event package.
--> SUBSCRIBE
4 The IMS Core responds SUBSCRIBE with 200 OK
<-- 200 OK
5 The IMS Core sends initial NOTIFY for registration event package, containing full registration state information for the registered public user identity in the XML body
<-- NOTIFY
6 The UE responds the NOTIFY with 200 OK
--> 200 OK
6.2.3.3 Specific Message Content
REGISTER (Step 1)
Use the default message “REGISTER” in annex G.1.1 with condition A1 and A4
200 OK for REGISTER (Step 4)
Use the default message “200 OK for REGISTER” in annex G.1.3
SUBSCRIBE (Step 5)
Use the default message “SUBSCRIBE for reg-event package” in annex G.1.4
200 OK for SUBSCRIBE (Step 6)
Use the default message “200 OK for SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.1.5
NOTIFY (Step 7)
Use the default message “NOTIFY for reg-event package” in annex G.1.6
200 OK for NOTIFY (Step 8)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1
182 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
6.3. Authentication/Security: Test 4201
6.3.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE with default bearer established and not registered to IMS network }
ensure that {
when { UE sends an unprotected REGISTER request message with Sec-Agree and IPSec and gets a 401 unauthorized response with Authentication challenge parameter }
then { UE sends REGISTER Message with proper credential and performs successful registration with IMS network }
}
6.3.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.229, Clause 5.1.1.2.1, 5.1.1.5.1
6.3.3. Test Description
6.3.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
UE:
- UE is configured to initiate IMS Registration.
- UE must have USIM and ISIM application installed
Preamble:
- UE is attached to the EPC with default bearer established.
6.3.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 8.2.1-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-IMS Core Request/Response
1 UE sends initial registration for IMS services.
--> REGISTER
2 The IMS Core responds with a valid <-- 401 Unauthorized
Chapter Six: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-GSMA | 183
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
AKAv1-MD5 authentication challenge and security mechanisms supported by the network.
3 UE completes the security negotiation procedures, sets up a temporary set of SAs and uses those for sending another REGISTER with AKAv1-MD5 credentials.
--> REGISTER
4 The IMS Core responds with 200 OK. <-- 200 OK
5 UE subscribes to its registration event package.
--> SUBSCRIBE
6 The IMS Core responds SUBSCRIBE with 200 OK
<-- 200 OK
7 The IMS Core sends initial NOTIFY for registration event package, containing full registration state information for the registered public user identity in the XML body
<-- NOTIFY
8 The UE responds the NOTIFY with 200 OK
--> 200 OK
6.3.3.3 Specific Message Content
REGISTER (Step 1)
Use the default message “REGISTER” in annex G.1.1 with condition A1 "Initial unprotected REGISTER"
401 Unauthorized for REGISTER (Step 2)
Use the default message “401 Unauthorized for REGISTER” in annex G.1.2
REGISTER (Step 3)
Use the default message “REGISTER” in annex G.1.1 with condition A2 "Subsequent REGISTER sent over security associations"
200 OK for REGISTER (Step 4)
Use the default message “200 OK for REGISTER” in annex G.1.3
SUBSCRIBE (Step 5)
Use the default message “SUBSCRIBE for reg-event package” in annex G.1.4
200 OK for SUBSCRIBE (Step 6)
Use the default message “200 OK for SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.1.5
184 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
NOTIFY (Step 7)
Use the default message “NOTIFY for reg-event package” in annex G.1.6
200 OK for NOTIFY (Step 8)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1
6.4. Authentication/Security: Test 4204
6.4.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in IMS un-registered state with default bearer established and UE is equipped with UICC card having ISIM application}
ensure that {
when { UE sends an unprotected REGISTER request with IMPI and IMPU and gets a 401 unauthorized response with challenge parameter IMPI,RAND,AUTN}
then { UE sends REGISTER Message with IMPI and Authentication Response and performs successful registration by using IMS AKA with IMS network}
}
6.4.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.229, Clause 5.1.1.1A, TS33.203, Clause 6.1, 6.1.1, 8.1
6.4.3. Test Description
6.4.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
UE:
- UE is configured to initiate IMS Registration
- UE must have USIM and ISIM application installed
Preamble:
- UE is attached to the EPC with default bearer established.
Chapter Six: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-GSMA | 185
6.4.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 8.2.4-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-IMS Core Request/Response
1 UE sends initial registration for IMS services with IMPI and IMPU to IMS Core to perform IMS registration
--> REGISTER
2 The IMS Core responds with a valid AKAv1-MD5 authentication challenge and security mechanisms supported by the network with IMPI,RAND,AUTN in “www-Authenticate” header
<-- 401 Unauthorized
3 UE completes the security negotiation procedures, sets up a temporary set of SAs and uses those for sending another REGISTER with AKAv1-MD5 credentials and IMPI.
--> REGISTER
4 The IMS Core responds with 200 OK.
<-- 200 OK
5 UE subscribes to its registration event package.
--> SUBSCRIBE
6 The IMS Core responds SUBSCRIBE with 200 OK
<-- 200 OK
7 The IMS Core sends initial NOTIFY for registration event package, containing full registration state information for the registered public user identity in the XML body
<-- NOTIFY
8 The UE responds the NOTIFY with 200 OK
--> 200 OK
6.4.3.3 Specific Message content
REGISTER (Step 1)
Use the default message “REGISTER” in annex G.1.1 with condition A1 "Initial unprotected REGISTER"
401 Unauthorized for REGISTER (Step 2)
186 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Use the default message “401 Unauthorized for REGISTER” in annex G.1.2
REGISTER (Step 3)
Use the default message “REGISTER” in annex G.1.1 with condition A2 "Subsequent REGISTER sent over security associations"
200 OK for REGISTER (Step 4)
Use the default message “200 OK for REGISTER” in annex G.1.3
SUBSCRIBE (Step 5)
Use the default message “SUBSCRIBE for reg-event package” in annex G.1.4
200 OK for SUBSCRIBE (Step 6)
Use the default message “200 OK for SUBSCRIBE” in annex G 1.5
NOTIFY (Step 7)
Use the default message “NOTIFY for reg-event package” in annex G 1.6
200 OK for NOTIFY (Step 8)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1
6.5. Authentication/Security: Test 4205
6.5.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE in IMS un-registered state with default bearer established and UE is equipped with UICC card having USIM and no ISIM application}
ensure that {
when { UE sends an unprotected REGISTER request with IMPI and IMPU which is derived from IMSI and gets a 401 unauthorized response with challenge parameter IMPI,RAND,AUTN}
then { UE sends REGISTER Message with IMPI and Authentication Response and gets 200 Ok final response for successful registration with IMS network}
}
6.5.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.229, Clause 5.1.1.1A, C.2, TS33.203, Clause 6.1, 6.1.1, 8.1
Chapter Six: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-GSMA | 187
6.5.3. Test Description
6.5.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
UE:
- UE is configured to initiate IMS Registration
- UE must have USIM and ISIM application installed
Preamble:
- UE is attached to the EPC with default bearer established.
6.5.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 8.2.5-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-IMS Core Request/Response
1 UE sends initial registration for IMS services with IMPI and IMPU to IMS Core to perform IMS registration
--> REGISTER
2 The IMS Core responds with a valid AKAv1-MD5 authentication challenge and security mechanisms supported by the network with IMPI,RAND,AUTN in “www-Authenticate” header
<-- 401 Unauthorized
3 UE completes the security negotiation procedures, sets up a temporary set of SAs and uses those for sending another REGISTER with AKAv1-MD5 credentials and IMPI.
--> REGISTER
4 The IMS Core responds with 200 OK. <-- 200 OK
5 UE subscribes to its registration event package.
--> SUBSCRIBE
6 The IMS Core responds SUBSCRIBE with 200 OK
<-- 200 OK
7 The IMS Core sends initial NOTIFY for registration event package, containing full registration state information for the registered public
<-- NOTIFY
188 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
user identity in the XML body
8 The UE responds the NOTIFY with 200 OK
--> 200 OK
6.5.3.3 Specific Message content
REGISTER (Step 1)
Use the default message “REGISTER” in annex G.1.1 with condition A1 "Initial unprotected REGISTER"
401 Unauthorized for REGISTER (Step 2)
Use the default message “401 Unauthorized for REGISTER” in annex G.1.2
REGISTER (Step 3)
Use the default message “REGISTER” in annex G.1.1 with condition A2 "Subsequent REGISTER sent over security associations"
200 OK for REGISTER (Step 4)
Use the default message “200 OK for REGISTER” in annex G.1.3
SUBSCRIBE (Step 5)
Use the default message “SUBSCRIBE for reg-event package” in annex G.1.4
200 OK for SUBSCRIBE (Step 6)
Use the default message “200 OK for SUBSCRIBE” in annex G 1.5
NOTIFY (Step 7)
Use the default message “NOTIFY for reg-event package” in annex G 1.6
200 OK for NOTIFY (Step 8)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1
6.6. Call Establishment and Termination: Test 4301
6.6.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE is in IMS registered state with default bearer established}
ensure that{
Chapter Six: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-GSMA | 189
when {UE receives INVITE Request(MT Call) from IMS Core and sends 200 OK final response to Core Network }
then { UE correctly performs IMS mobile terminated speech call setup using IMS Multimedia Telephony }
}
6.6.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.229, Clause 5.1.4.1, 6.1.3 and TS 26.114 Clause 5.2.1, 6.2.2.1, 7.3.1, 6.2.5
6.6.3. Test Description
6.6.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
UE
- UE is registered to IMS services
- UE must have USIM and ISIM application installed
Preamble:
- UE is attached to the EPC with default bearer established.
6.6.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 8.3.1-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-IMS Core Request/Response
1 UE is successfully Registered with the IMS network and IMS Core sends INVITE with the first SDP offer.
<-- INVITE
2 Make UE accept the speech AMR offer.
3 Optional: The UE responds with a 100 Trying provisional response
--> 100 Trying
4 The UE responds to INVITE with 180 Ringing.
--> 180 Ringing
5 IMS Core shall send PRACK only if the 180 response contains 100rel
<-- PRACK
190 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
option tag within the Require header.
6 The UE acknowledges the PRACK with 200 OK.
--> 200 OK
7 The UE responds to INVITE with a 200 OK final response after the user answers the call.
--> 200 OK
8 The IMS Core acknowledges the receipt of 200 OK for INVITE.
<-- ACK
Generate bidirectional voice traffic
9 The IMS Core sends BYE to release the call.
<-- BYE
10 The UE sends 200 OK for the BYE request and ends the call.
--> 200 OK
6.6.3.3 Specific Message Content
INVITE (Step 1)
Use the default message “INVITE for MT Call” in annex G.2.9 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Supported
option-tag precondition
Message-body The following SDP types and values.
Session description:
v=0
o=- 1111111111 1111111111 IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for SS)
s=IMS conformance test
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for SS)
b=AS:30
Time description:
t=0 0
Media description:
m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP 97
b=AS:30
Chapter Six: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-GSMA | 191
Header/param Value/remark
b=RS:0
b=RR:2000
Attributes for media:
a=rtpmap:97 AMR/8000/1
a=fmtp:97 mode-change-capability=2; max-red=220
a=ptime:20
a=maxptime:240
Attributes for preconditions:
a=curr:qos local none
a=curr:qos remote none
a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
a=des:qos optional remote sendrecv
100 Trying (Step 3)
Use the default message "100 Trying for INVITE" in annex G.2.2.
183 Session Progress (Step 4)
Use the default message "183 Session Progress" in annex G.2.3 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
Reason-Phrase Not checked
Require
option-tag precondition
Message-body The following SDP types and values shall be present.
Session description:
v=0
o=- (sess-id) (sess-version) IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for UE)
s=IMS conformance test
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
Time description:
t=0 0
Media description:
m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP (fmt)
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
192 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
b=RS: (bandwidth-value)
b=RR: (bandwidth-value)
Attributes for media:
a=rtpmap:(payload type) AMR/8000/1
a=fmtp:(format)
a=inactive
Attributes for preconditions:
a=curr:qos local none or a=curr:qos local sendrecv
a=curr:qos remote none
a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
a=des:qos mandatory remote sendrecv
a=conf:qos remote sendrecv
Note 1: At least one "c=" field shall be present.
180 Ringing (step 4)
Use the default message "180 Ringing for INVITE" in annex G.2.6
PRACK (step 5)
Use the default message "PRACK" in annex G.2.4. No content body is included in this PRACK message
200 OK (step 6)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1.
200 OK (step 7)
Use the default message "200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE" in annex G.3.1.
ACK (step 8)
Use the default message "ACK" in annex G.2.7.
BYE (step 9)
Use the default message "BYE" in annex G.2.8.
200 OK (step 10)
Use the default message "200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE" in annex G.3.1.
Chapter Six: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-GSMA | 193
6.7. Call Establishment and Termination: Test 4302
6.7.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE is in E-UTRAN connected and IMS registered state}
ensure that {
when { UE initiates INVITE request with ICSI value for IMS multimedia telephony service }
then { IMS session successfully gets created.}
}
6.7.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.229, Clause 5.1.1.2.1
6.7.3. Test Description
6.7.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
UE:
- UE is configured to Registered with the IMS network
- UE must have USIM and ISIM application installed
Preamble:
- UE is attached to the EPC with default bearer established
- There should be Support for IMS Multimedia Telephony
6.7.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 8.3.2-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-IMS Core Request/Response
- UE is successfully Registered with the IMS network
1 UE sends INVITE request with SDP offer with ICSI value
--> INVITE
194 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
2 IMS Core Network sends 100 trying message to UE to indicate that call setup is in progress
<-- 100 Trying
3 The Core network responds INVITE with 180.
<-- 180 Ringing
4 UE acknowledges the receipt of 180 response by sending PRACK
--> PRACK
5 The Core network responds PRACK with 200 OK.
<-- 200 OK
6 The Core network responds INVITE with 200 OK to indicate that the virtual remote UE had answered the call.
<-- 200 OK
7 The UE acknowledges the receipt of 200 OK for INVITE
--> ACK
Bidirectional Voice traffic
8 The UE releases the call with BYE. --> BYE
9 The Core network sends 200 OK for BYE.
<-- 200 OK
6.7.3.3 Specific Message Content
INVITE (Step 1)
Use the default message “INVITE for MO call setup” in annex G.2.1 with the following exceptions and with condition A3:
Header/param Value/remark
Via
via-compression comp=sigcomp (optional)
Route
compression-param
comp=sigcomp (optional)
Contact
compression-param
comp=sigcomp (optional)
100 Trying for INVITE (Step 2)
Use the default message “100 Trying for INVITE” in annex G.2.2.
180 Ringing for INVITE (Step 3)
Chapter Six: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-GSMA | 195
Use the default message “180 Ringing for INVITE” in annex G.2.6 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Record-Route The Compression parameter is included in the last route parameter
compression-param
comp=sigcomp
PRACK (Step 4)
Use the default message “PRACK” in annex G.2.4 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Via
via-compression comp=sigcomp (optional)
Route The Compression parameter is included in the first route parameter
compression-param
comp=sigcomp (optional)
200 OK for PRACK (Step 5)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1
200 OK for INVITE (Step 6)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1.
ACK (Step 7)
Use the default message “ACK” in annex G.2.7 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Route The Compression parameter is included in the first route parameter
compression-param
comp=sigcomp (optional)
BYE (Step 8)
Use the default message “BYE” in annex G.2.8 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Via
via-compression comp=sigcomp (optional)
Route The Compression parameter is included in the first route parameter
compression- comp=sigcomp (optional)
196 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
param
200 OK for BYE (Step 9)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1.
7. CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC
7.1. Voice Call: Test 4601
7.1.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with {UE is in IMS registered state with default bearer established}
ensure that{
when { UE sends the INVITE request, containing an initial SDP, to the IMS Core}
then { UE correctly performs IMS mobile originated voice call setup using IMS Multimedia Telephony}
}
7.1.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.229, Clause 5.1.2A.1, 5.1.3.1, 6.1.1 and TS 26.114 Clause 5.2.1, 6.2.2.1, 7.3.1
7.1.3. Test Description
7.1.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
UE
- UE is registered to IMS services
- UE must have USIM and ISIM application installed
Preamble:
- UE is attached to the EPC with default bearer and dedicated bearer(QCI=1) established.
7.1.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 8.6.1-1: Main Behavior
198 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-IMS Core Request/Response
1 UE is successfully Registered with the IMS network and UE attempt an IMS speech call
2 UE sends INVITE with the first SDP offer.
--> INVITE
3 IMS Core sends a 100 Trying provisional response.
<-- 100 Trying
4 Optional: IMS Core Network sends an SDP answer.(optional)
<-- 183 Session Progress
5 Optional: UE acknowledges and optionally offer a second SDP if a dedicated EPS bearer is established by the network.(present only if 183 is present)
--> PRACK
6 Optional: IMS Core sends a 200 OK against PRACK and answers the second SDP if present.(optional)
<-- 200 OK
7 Optional: step: UE sends a second SDP if a dedicated EPS bearer is established by the network.(optional)
--> UPDATE
8 Optional step: IMS Core sends a 200 OK.(optional)
<-- 200 OK
9 IMS Core sends a 180 Ringing. <-- 180 Ringing
10 UE acknowledges. --> PRACK
11 IMS Core responds PRACK with 200 OK.
<-- 200 OK
12 IMS Core responds INVITE with 200 OK.
<-- 200 OK
13 UE acknowledges. --> ACK
Generate Bidirection Voice Traffic
14 The UE releases the call with BYE --> BYE
15 The IMS Core sends 200 OK for BYE <-- 200 OK
7.1.3.3 Specific Message Content
INVITE (Step 2)
Use the default message “INVITE for MO Call” in annex G.2.1 with the following exceptions:
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 199
Header/param Value/Remark
Supported
option-tag precondition
Message-body The following SDP types and values.
Session description:
- v=0
- o=- (sess-id) (sess-version) IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for UE)
- s=(session name)
- c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
- b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
Time description:
- t= (start-time) (stop-time)
Media description:
- m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP (fmt)
- c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
- b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
- b=RS:0
- b=RR:0
Attributes for media:
- a=rtpmap: (payload type) AMR/8000/1
- a=fmtp: (format) mode-change-capability=2; max-red=220
- a=rtpmap: (payload type) telephone-event
- a=ptime:20
- a=maxptime:240
- a=inactive
Attributes for preconditions:
- a=curr:qos local none
- a=curr:qos remote none
- a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
- a=des:qos optional remote sendrecv
Note 1: At least one "c=" field shall be present.
183 Session Progress (Step 4)
Use the default message "183 Session Progress" in annex G.2.3 with the following exceptions:
200 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/Remark
Supported
option-tag precondition
Message-body The following SDP types and values.
Session description:
- v=0
- o=- 1111111111 1111111111 IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for UE)
- s=IMS conformance test
- c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for SS)
- b=AS:30
Time description:
- t=0 0
Media description:
- m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP (fmt) [Note 1]
- b=AS:30
- b=RS:0
- b=RR:0
Attributes for media:
- a=rtpmap: (payload type) AMR/8000/1 [Note 1]
- a=fmtp: (format) mode-change-capability=2; max-red=220 [Note 1]
- a=ptime:20
- a=maxptime:240
Attributes for preconditions:
- a=curr:qos local none
- a=curr:qos remote none
- a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
- a=des:qos mandatory remote sendrecv
- a=conf:qos remote sendrecv
Note 1: The value for fmt, payload type and format copied from step 2.
PRACK (Step 5)
Use the default message “PRACK” in annex G.2.4 with the exceptions:
Header/param Value/Remark
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 201
Header/param Value/Remark
Message-body Header optional
Contents if present: The following SDP types and values shall be present.
Session description:
- v=0
- o=- (sess-id) (sess-version) IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for UE) [Note 2]
- s=(session name)
- c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
- b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
Time description:
- t=0 0
Media description:
- m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP (fmt)
- c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
- b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
- b=RS: (bandwidth-value)
- b=RR: (bandwidth-value)
Attributes for media:
- a=rtpmap: (payload type) AMR/8000/1
- a=fmtp: (format)
- a= sendrecv
Attributes for preconditions:
- a=curr:qos local sendrecv
- a=curr:qos remote none
- a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
- a=des:qos optional remote sendrecv
Note 1: At least one "c=" field shall be present.
Note 2: The sess-version shall been increased.
200 OK for PRACK (Step 6)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
202 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
Content-Type Header optional
Contents if present:
media-type application/sdp
Content-Length Contents if header Content-Type is present:
Value length of message-body
Message-body Header present if Prack (step 5) contained SDP.
Contents if present: SDP body of the 200 response copied from the received PRACK and modified as follows:
- IP address on "o=" and "c=" lines and transport port on "m=" lines changed to indicate to which IP address and port the UE should start sending the media;
Attributes for preconditions:
a=curr:qos remote sendrecv
UPDATE (Step 7)
Use the default message “UPDATE” in annex G.2.5 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Message-body Same contents as specified in step 5.
200 OK for UPDATE (Step 8)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Content-Type Header optional
Contents if present:
media-type application/sdp
Content-Length Contents if header Content-Type is present:
Value length of message-body
Message-body SDP body of the 200 response copied from the received UPDATE and modified as follows:
- IP address on "o=" and "c=" lines and transport port on "m=" lines changed to indicate to which IP address and port the UE should start sending the media;
Attributes for preconditions:
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 203
Header/param Value/remark
a=curr:qos remote sendrecv
7.2. Voice Call: Test 4602
7.2.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE is in IMS registered state with default bearer established}
ensure that{
when {UE receives INVITE Request from IMS Core and sends 200 OK final response to Core Network }
then { UE correctly performs IMS mobile terminated speech call setup using IMS Multimedia Telephony }
}
7.2.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.229, Clause 5.1.4.1, 6.1.3 and TS 26.114 Clause 5.2.1, 6.2.2.1, 7.3.1, 6.2.5
7.2.3. Test Description
7.2.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
UE
- UE is registered to IMS services
- UE must have USIM and ISIM application installed
Preamble:
- UE is attached to the EPC with default bearer and dedicated bearer(QCI=1)established.
7.2.4. Test Procedure Sequence
Table 8.6.2-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-IMS Core Request/Response
204 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
1 UE is successfully Registered with the IMS network and IMS Core sends INVITE with the first SDP offer.
<-- INVITE
2 Make UE accept the speech AMR offer.
3 Optional: The UE responds with a 100 Trying provisional response
--> 100 Trying
4 Optional: The UE sends 183 response reliably with the SDP answer to the offer in INVITE(Optional as per UE specific behavior)
--> 183 Session Progress
5 Optional: IMS Core acknowledges the receipt of 183 response from the UE(present only if 183 is present)
<-- PRACK
6 Optional: UE responds to PRACK with 200 OK.(present if PRACK is present)
--> 200 OK
7 Optional: IMS Core sends an UPDATE with SDP offer indicating SS reserved resources.(Optional)
<-- UPDATE
8 Optional: The UE acknowledges the UPDATE with 200 OK and includes SDP answer to acknowledge its current precondition status.(Optional)
--> 200 OK
9 Optional: The UE responds to INVITE with 180 Ringing.
--> 180 Ringing
10 Optional: IMS Core shall send PRACK only if the 180 response contains 100rel option tag within the Require header.
<-- PRACK
11 Optional: The UE acknowledges the PRACK with 200 OK.
--> 200 OK
12 The UE responds to INVITE with a 200 OK final response after the user answers the call.
--> 200 OK
13 The IMS Core acknowledges the receipt of 200 OK for INVITE.
<-- ACK
Generate bidirectional voice traffic
14 The IMS Core sends BYE to release the call.
<-- BYE
15 The UE sends 200 OK for the BYE --> 200 OK
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 205
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
request and ends the call.
7.2.4.1 Specific Message Content
INVITE (Step 1)
Use the default message “INVITE for MT Call” in annex G.2.9 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Supported
option-tag precondition
Message-body The following SDP types and values.
Session description:
v=0
o=- 1111111111 1111111111 IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for SS)
s=IMS conformance test
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for SS)
b=AS:30
Time description:
t=0 0
Media description:
m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP 97
b=AS:30
b=RS:0
b=RR:2000
Attributes for media:
a=rtpmap:97 AMR/8000/1
a=fmtp:97 mode-change-capability=2; max-red=220
a=ptime:20
a=maxptime:240
Attributes for preconditions:
a=curr:qos local none
a=curr:qos remote none
a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
206 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
a=des:qos optional remote sendrecv
100 Trying (Step 3)
Use the default message "100 Trying for INVITE" in annex G.2.2.
183 Session Progress (Step 4)
Use the default message "183 Session Progress" in annex G.2.3 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
Reason-Phrase Not checked
Require
option-tag precondition
Message-body The following SDP types and values shall be present.
Session description:
v=0
o=- (sess-id) (sess-version) IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for UE)
s=IMS conformance test
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
Time description:
t=0 0
Media description:
m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP (fmt)
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
b=RS: (bandwidth-value)
b=RR: (bandwidth-value)
Attributes for media:
a=rtpmap:(payload type) AMR/8000/1
a=fmtp:(format)
a=inactive
Attributes for preconditions:
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 207
Header/param Value/remark
a=curr:qos local none or a=curr:qos local sendrecv
a=curr:qos remote none
a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
a=des:qos mandatory remote sendrecv
a=conf:qos remote sendrecv
Note 1: At least one "c=" field shall be present.
PRACK (step 5)
Use the default message "PRACK" in annex G.2.4. No content body is included in this PRACK message.
200 OK (Step 6)
Use the default message "200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE" in annex G.3.1.
UPDATE (step 7)
Use the default message "UPDATE" in annex G.2.5 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Message-body The following SDP types and values.
Session description:
v=0
o=- 1111111111 1111111112 IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for SS)
s=IMS conformance test
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for SS)
b=AS:30
Time description:
t=0 0
Media description:
m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP 97
b=AS:30
b=RS:0
b=RR:2000
Attributes for media:
a=rtpmap:97 AMR/8000/1
a=fmtp:97 mode-change-capability=2; max-red=220
208 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
a=ptime:20
a=maxptime:240
a=sendrecv
Attributes for preconditions:
a=curr:qos local sendrecv
a=curr:qos remote none or curr:qos remote sendrecv [Note 1]
a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
a=des:qos mandatory remote sendrecv
Note 1: Use the value (none/sendrecv) received from 183 Session Progress and attribute a=curr:qos local.
200 OK (step 8)
Use the default message "200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE" in annex G.3.1 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Content-Type
media-type application/sdp
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Message-body The following SDP types and values shall be present.
Session description:
v=0
o=- (sess-id) (sess-version) IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for UE)
s=IMS conformance test
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
Time description:
t=0 0
Media description:
m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP (fmt)
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
b=RS: (bandwidth-value)
b=RR: (bandwidth-value)
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 209
Header/param Value/remark
Attributes for media:
a=rtpmap:(payload type) AMR/8000/1
a=fmtp:(format)
a=sendrecv
Attributes for preconditions:
a=curr:qos local sendrecv
a=curr:qos remote sendrecv
a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
a=des:qos mandatory remote sendrecv
Note 1: At least one "c=" field shall be present.
180 Ringing (step 9)
Use the default message "180 Ringing for INVITE" in annex G.2.6
PRACK (step 10)
Use the default message "PRACK" in annex G.2.4. No content body is included in this PRACK message
200 OK (step 11)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1.
200 OK (step 12)
Use the default message "200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE" in annex G.3.1.
ACK (step 13)
Use the default message "ACK" in annex G.2.7.
BYE (step 14)
Use the default message "BYE" in annex G.2.8.
200 OK (step 15)
Use the default message "200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE" in annex G.3.1.
210 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
7.3. Voice Call: Test 4603
7.3.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with {UE is in IMS registered state with default bearer established}
ensure that{
when { UE sends the INVITE request}
then { UE correctly performs IMS mobile originated voice call with P-access network info header in all request messages and ICSI value in P-Preffered service }
}
7.3.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.229, Clause 7.2A.4
7.3.3. Test Description
7.3.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
UE:
- UE is registered to IMS services
- UE supports MTSI
- UE must have USIM and ISIM application installed
Preamble:
- UE is attached to the EPC with default bearer and dedicated bearer(QCI=1)established.
7.3.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table8.6.3-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-IMS Core Request/Response
1 Make the UE attempt an IMS speech call
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 211
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
2 UE sends INVITE with the P-access network info header and ICSI value in its Contact or Accept-Contact header.
--> INVITE
3 IMS Core sends a 100 Trying provisional response.
<-- 100 Trying
4 Optional: IMS Core Network sends an SDP answer.(Optional)
<-- 183 Session Progress
5 Optional: UE acknowledges and optionally offer a second SDP if a dedicated EPS bearer is established by the network.(present only if 183 is sent)
--> PRACK
6 Optional: IMS Core sends a 200 OK and answers the second SDP if present.(present only if PRACK is sent)
<-- 200 OK
7 Optional: UE sends a second SDP if a dedicated EPS bearer is established by the network.(optional)
--> UPDATE
8 Optional: IMS Core sends a 200 OK.(optional)
<-- 200 OK
9 IMS Core sends a 180 Ringing. <-- 180 Ringing
10 UE acknowledges. --> PRACK
11 IMS Core responds PRACK with 200 OK.
<-- 200 OK
12 IMS Core responds INVITE with 200 OK.
<-- 200 OK
13 UE acknowledges. --> ACK
Generate bidirectional voice traffic
14 The UE releases the call with BYE --> BYE
15 The IMS Core sends 200 OK for BYE <-- 200 OK
NOTE: UE will send P-access network info header in all request message and ICSI value in Contact or Accept Contact or P-Preferred-Services header of initial INVITE message.
7.3.3.3 Specific Message Contents
INVITE (Step 2)
Use the default message “INVITE for MO Call” in annexG.2.1 with the following exceptions:
212 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/Remark
Supported
option-tag Precondition
Message-body The following SDP types and values.
Session description:
- v=0
- o=- (sess-id) (sess-version) IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for UE)
- s=(session name)
- c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
- b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
Time description:
- t= (start-time) (stop-time)
Media description:
- m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP (fmt)
- c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
- b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
- b=RS:0
- b=RR:0
Attributes for media:
- a=rtpmap: (payload type) AMR/8000/1
- a=fmtp: (format) mode-change-capability=2; max-red=220
- a=rtpmap: (payload type) telephone-event
- a=ptime:20
- a=maxptime:240
- a=inactive
Attributes for preconditions:
- a=curr:qos local none
- a=curr:qos remote none
- a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
- a=des:qos optional remote sendrecv
Note 1: At least one "c=" field shall be present.
183 Session Progress (Step 4)
Use the default message "183 Session Progress" in annex G.2.3 with the following exceptions:
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 213
Header/param Value/Remark
Supported
option-tag Precondition
Message-body The following SDP types and values.
Session description:
- v=0
- o=- 1111111111 1111111111 IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for UE)
- s=IMS conformance test
- c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for SS)
- b=AS:30
Time description:
- t=0 0
Media description:
- m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP (fmt) [Note 1]
- b=AS:30
- b=RS:0
- b=RR:0
Attributes for media:
- a=rtpmap: (payload type) AMR/8000/1 [Note 1]
- a=fmtp: (format) mode-change-capability=2; max-red=220 [Note 1]
- a=ptime:20
- a=maxptime:240
Attributes for preconditions:
- a=curr:qos local none
- a=curr:qos remote none
- a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
- a=des:qos mandatory remote sendrecv
- a=conf:qos remote sendrecv
Note 1: The value for fmt, payload type and format copied from step 2.
PRACK (Step 5)
Use the default message “PRACK” in annex G.2.4 with the exceptions:
Header/param Value/Remark
214 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/Remark
Message-body Header optional
Contents if present: The following SDP types and values shall be present.
Session description:
- v=0
- o=- (sess-id) (sess-version) IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for UE) [Note 2]
- s=(session name)
- c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
- b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
Time description:
- t=0 0
Media description:
- m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP (fmt)
- c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
- b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
- b=RS: (bandwidth-value)
- b=RR: (bandwidth-value)
Attributes for media:
- a=rtpmap: (payload type) AMR/8000/1
- a=fmtp: (format)
- a= sendrecv
Attributes for preconditions:
- a=curr:qos local sendrecv
- a=curr:qos remote none
- a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
- a=des:qos optional remote sendrecv
Note 1: At least one "c=" field shall be present.
Note 2: The sess-version shall been increased.
200 OK for PRACK (Step 6)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1 with the following exceptions:
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 215
Header/param Value/remark
Content-Type Header optional
Contents if present:
media-type application/sdp
Content-Length Contents if header Content-Type is present:
Value length of message-body
Message-body Header present if Prack (step 5) contained SDP.
Contents if present: SDP body of the 200 response copied from the received PRACK and modified as follows:
- IP address on "o=" and "c=" lines and transport port on "m=" lines changed to indicate to which IP address and port the UE should start sending the media;
Attributes for preconditions:
a=curr:qos remote sendrecv
UPDATE (Step 7)
Use the default message “UPDATE” in annex G.2.5 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Message-body Same contents as specified in step 5.
200 OK for UPDATE (Step 8)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Content-Type Header optional
Contents if present:
media-type application/sdp
Content-Length Contents if header Content-Type is present:
Value length of message-body
Message-body SDP body of the 200 response copied from the received UPDATE and modified as follows:
- IP address on "o=" and "c=" lines and transport port on "m=" lines changed to indicate to which IP address and port the UE should start sending the media;
Attributes for preconditions:
216 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
a=curr:qos remote sendrecv
BYE (Step 14)
Use the default message “BYE” in annex G 2.8.
200 OK for BYE (Step 15)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1.
7.4. Voice Call: Test 4604
7.4.1. Test Purpose
(1)
with { UE is in IMS registered state with default bearer established}
ensure that{
when {UE receives INVITE Request from IMS Core and sends 200 OK final response to Core Network. }
then { UE correctly performs IMS mobile terminated speech call setup using IMS Multimedia Telephony and includes an IMEI URN "+sip.instance" in the contact header of REGISTER Request}
}
7.4.2. Conformance Requirement
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 23.003, Clause 13.8
7.4.3. Test Description
7.4.3.1 Pre-test Conditions
Setup Configuration:
UE:
- UE is configured to initiate IMS Registration.- UE must have USIM and ISIM application installed
Preamble:
- UE is attached to the EPC with default bearer and dedicated bearer(QCI=1)established.
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 217
7.4.3.2 Test Procedure Sequence
Table 8.6.4-1: Main Behavior St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
UE-IMS Core Request/Response
1 The UE sends REGISTER Request to IMS Core for initial registration containing “+ sip.instance” URN in contact header field
--> REGISTER
2 The IMS Core sends 200 ok final response to UE for successfully registered with IMS Core
<-- 200 OK
3 IMS Core sends INVITE with the first SDP offer.
<-- INVITE
4 Make UE accept the speech AMR offer.
5 Optional) The UE responds with a 100 Trying provisional response
--> 100 Trying
6 Optional: The UE sends 183 response reliably with the SDP answer to the offer in INVITE(optional)
--> 183 Session Progress
7 Optional: IMS Core acknowledges the receipt of 183 response from the UE(present if 183 should be reliably acknowledged).
<-- PRACK
8 Optional: UE responds to PRACK with 200 OK.(present if PRACK is available)
--> 200 OK
9 Optional: IMS Core sends an UPDATE with SDP offer indicating SS reserved resources.(optional)
<-- UPDATE
10 Optional: The UE acknowledges the UPDATE with 200 OK and includes SDP answer to acknowledge its current precondition status.(optional)
--> 200 OK
11 Optional: The UE responds to INVITE with 180 Ringing.
--> 180 Ringing
12 Optional: IMS Core shall send PRACK only if the 180 response contains 100rel option tag within the Require header.
<-- PRACK
13 Optional: The UE acknowledges the PRACK with 200 OK.
--> 200 OK
218 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
St Procedure Message Sequence TP Verification
14 The UE responds to INVITE with a 200 OK final response after the user answers the call.
--> 200 OK
15 The IMS Core acknowledges the receipt of 200 OK for INVITE.
<-- ACK
Generate birectional Voice traffic
16 The IMS Core sends BYE to release the call.
<-- BYE
17 The UE sends 200 OK for the BYE request and ends the call.
--> 200 OK
7.4.3.3 Specific Message Content
REGISTER (Step 1)
Use the default message “REGISTER” in annex G.1.1 with condition A1 and A5 "Initial unprotected REGISTER" with exception Security-Client header
200 OK for REGISTER (Step 2)
Use the default message “200 OK for REGISTER” in annex G.1.3
INVITE (Step 3)
Use the default message “INVITE for MT Call” in annex G.2.9 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Supported
option-tag precondition
Message-body The following SDP types and values.
Session description:
v=0
o=- 1111111111 1111111111 IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for SS)
s=IMS conformance test
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for SS)
b=AS:30
Time description:
t=0 0
Media description:
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 219
Header/param Value/remark
m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP 97
b=AS:30
b=RS:0
b=RR:2000
Attributes for media:
a=rtpmap:97 AMR/8000/1
a=fmtp:97 mode-change-capability=2; max-red=220
a=ptime:20
a=maxptime:240
Attributes for preconditions:
a=curr:qos local none
a=curr:qos remote none
a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
a=des:qos optional remote sendrecv
100 Trying (Step 5)
Use the default message "100 Trying for INVITE" in annex G.2.2.
183 Session Progress (Step 6)
Use the default message "183 Session Progress" in annex G.2.3 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
Reason-Phrase Not checked
Require
option-tag precondition
Message-body The following SDP types and values shall be present.
Session description:
v=0
o=- (sess-id) (sess-version) IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for UE)
s=IMS conformance test
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
Time description:
220 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
t=0 0
Media description:
m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP (fmt)
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
b=RS: (bandwidth-value)
b=RR: (bandwidth-value)
Attributes for media:
a=rtpmap:(payload type) AMR/8000/1
a=fmtp:(format)
a=inactive
Attributes for preconditions:
a=curr:qos local none or a=curr:qos local sendrecv
a=curr:qos remote none
a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
a=des:qos mandatory remote sendrecv
a=conf:qos remote sendrecv
Note 1: At least one "c=" field shall be present.
PRACK (step 7)
Use the default message "PRACK" in annex G.2.4. No content body is included in this PRACK message.
200 OK (Step 8)
Use the default message "200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE" in annex G.3.1.
UPDATE (step 9)
Use the default message "UPDATE" in annex G.2.5 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Message-body The following SDP types and values.
Session description:
v=0
o=- 1111111111 1111111112 IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for SS)
s=IMS conformance test
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 221
Header/param Value/remark
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for SS)
b=AS:30
Time description:
t=0 0
Media description:
m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP 97
b=AS:30
b=RS:0
b=RR:2000
Attributes for media:
a=rtpmap:97 AMR/8000/1
a=fmtp:97 mode-change-capability=2; max-red=220
a=ptime:20
a=maxptime:240
a=sendrecv
Attributes for preconditions:
a=curr:qos local sendrecv
a=curr:qos remote none or curr:qos remote sendrecv [Note 1]
a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
a=des:qos mandatory remote sendrecv
Note 1: Use the value (none/sendrecv) received from 183 Session Progress and attribute a=curr:qos local.
200 OK (step 10)
Use the default message "200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE" in annex G.3.1 with the following exceptions:
Header/param Value/remark
Content-Type
media-type application/sdp
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Message-body The following SDP types and values shall be present.
222 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
Session description:
v=0
o=- (sess-id) (sess-version) IN (addrtype) (unicast-address for UE)
s=IMS conformance test
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
Time description:
t=0 0
Media description:
m=audio (transport port) RTP/AVP (fmt)
c=IN (addrtype) (connection-address for UE) [Note 1]
b=AS: (bandwidth-value)
b=RS: (bandwidth-value)
b=RR: (bandwidth-value)
Attributes for media:
a=rtpmap:(payload type) AMR/8000/1
a=fmtp:(format)
a=sendrecv
Attributes for preconditions:
a=curr:qos local sendrecv
a=curr:qos remote sendrecv
a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv
a=des:qos mandatory remote sendrecv
Note 1: At least one "c=" field shall be present.
180 Ringing (step 11)
Use the default message "180 Ringing for INVITE" in annex G.2.6
PRACK (step 12)
Use the default message "PRACK" in annex G.2.4. No content body is included in this PRACK message
200 OK (step 13)
Use the default message “200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE” in annex G.3.1.
Chapter Seven: CS8-TS-LTE-VOLTE-IMTC | 223
200 OK (step 14)
Use the default message "200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE" in annex G.3.1.
ACK (step 15)
Use the default message "ACK" in annex G.2.7.
BYE (step 16)
Use the default message "BYE" in annex G.2.8.
200 OK (step 17)
Use the default message "200 OK for other requests than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE" in annex G.3.1.
8. Appendix A
8.1. Generic Test Procedure
8.1.1. UE Registration Procedure
Table 8-1: UE Registration Procedure
Step Procedure Message Sequence
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 <-- RRC: SYSTEM INFORMATION (BCCH)
2 UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest
3 eNB transmits an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup
4 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment and to initiate the Attach procedure by including the ATTACH REQUEST message. The PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH REQUEST
-->
-->
RRC: RRCConnectionSetupComplete
NAS: ATTACH REQUEST
NAS: PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
5 The Network transmits an AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message to initiate the EPS authentication and AKA procedure.
<--
<--
RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: AUTHENTICATION REQUEST
6 The UE transmits an AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message and establishes mutual authentication.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE
7 The Network transmits a NAS SECURITY MODE COMMAND message to activate NAS security.
<--
<--
RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
Chapter Eight: Appendix A | 225
Step Procedure Message Sequence
8 The UE transmits a NAS SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message and establishes the initial security configuration.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
- EXCEPTION: Steps 9a and 9b describe behavior that depends on UE configuration;the “lower case letter” identifies a step sequence that take place if the UE has ESM information that needs to be transferred.
- -
9a If the UE sets the ESM information transfer flag in the last PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message THEN the Network transmits an ESM INFORMATION REQUEST message to initiate exchange of protocol configuration options and/or APN.
<--
<--
RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: ESM INFORMATION REQUEST
9b The UE transmits an ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE message to transfer protocol configuration options and/or APN.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE
10 The Network transmits a SecurityModeCommand message to activate AS security.
<-- RRC: SecurityModeCommand
11 The UE transmits a SecurityModeComplete message and establishes the initial security configuration.
--> RRC: SecurityModeComplete
12 The Network transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message to initiate the UE radio access capability transfer procedure.
<-- RRC: UECapabilityEnquiry
13 The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message to transfer UE radio access capability.
--> RRC: UECapabilityInformation
226 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Step Procedure Message Sequence
14 The Network transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to establish the default bearer with condition SRB2-DRB(1, 0) according to 4.8.2.2.1.1.
This message includes the ATTACH ACCEPT message. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT.
<--
<--
RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration
NAS: ATTACH ACCEPT
NAS: ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
15 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
message to confirm the establishment of default bearer.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
- EXCEPTION: In parallel to the event described in Step 16 below, if initiated by the UE the generic procedure for IP address allocation in the U-plane specified in TS 36.508 sub clause 4.5A.1 takes place performing IP address allocation in the U-plane.
- EXCEPTION: In parallel to the event described in step 16 below the generic procedure for IMS signaling in the U-plane specified in TS 36.508 sub clause 4.5A.3 takes place if requested by the UE
16 This message includes the ATTACH COMPLETE message. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message is piggybacked in ATTACH COMPLETE.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ATTACH COMPLETE
NAS: ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
17 The eNB transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release RRC connection and move to RRC_IDLE (State 2).
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionRelease
Chapter Eight: Appendix A | 227
8.1.2. UE Registration with Test Mode Activation
Table 8-2: UE Registration with Test Mode Activation Procedure
Step Procedure Message Sequence
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 to 9a2
Same procedure for steps 1 to 9a2 as specified in the procedure in clause 4.5.2.3
- -
10 The Network transmits an ACTIVATE TEST MODE message to activate UE radio bearer test mode procedure.
<-- RRC: DLInformationTransfer
TC: ACTIVATE TEST MODE
11 The UE transmits an ACTIVATE TEST MODE COMPLETE message.
--> RRC: ULInformationTransfer
TC: ACTIVATE TEST MODE COMPLETE
12 The Network transmits a SecurityModeCommand message to activate AS security.
<-- RRC: SecurityModeCommand
13 The UE transmits a SecurityModeComplete message and establishes the initial security configuration.
--> RRC: SecurityModeComplete
14 The Network transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message to initiate the UE radio access capability transfer procedure.
<-- RRC: UECapabilityEnquiry
15 The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message to transfer UE radio access capability.
--> RRC: UECapabilityInformation
16 The Network transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to establish the default bearer with condition SRB2-DRB(1, 0) according to 4.8.2.2.1.1.
This message includes the ATTACH ACCEPT message. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message is piggybacked in ATTACH ACCEPT.
<--
<--
RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration
NAS: ATTACH ACCEPT
NAS: ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
17 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of default bearer.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
228 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Step Procedure Message Sequence
- EXCEPTION: In parallel to the event described in step 18 below the generic procedure for IP address allocation in the U-plane specified in TS 36.508 sub clause 4.5A.1 takes place performing IP address allocation in the U-plane if requested by the UE.
- EXCEPTION: In parallel to the event described in step 18 below the generic procedure for IMS signaling in the U-plane specified in TS 36.508 sub clause 4.5A.3 takes place if requested by the UE
18 This message includes the ATTACH COMPLETE message. The ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message is piggybacked in ATTACH COMPLETE.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ATTACH COMPLETE
NAS: ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
19 The Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release RRC connection and move to RRC_IDLE (State 2A).
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionRelease
8.1.3. Generic Radio Bearer Establishment
Table 8-3: Generic Radio Bearer Establishment Procedure
Step Procedure Message Sequence
UE-eNB
eNB-MME
Message
1 <-- RRC: SYSTEM INFORMATION (BCCH)
2 Network sends a Paging message to the UE on the appropriate paging block, and including the UE identity in one entry of the IE pagingRecordLists.
<-- RRC: Paging (PCCH)
3 UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest
4 Network transmit an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup
Chapter Eight: Appendix A | 229
Step Procedure Message Sequence
5 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment and to initiate the session management procedure by including the SERVICE REQUEST message. (State3)
-->
-->
RRC: RRCConnectionSetupComplete
NAS: SERVICE REQUEST
6 The Network transmits a SecurityModeCommand message to activate AS security.
<-- RRC: SecurityModeCommand
7 The UE transmits a SecurityModeComplete message and establishes the initial security configuration.
--> RRC: SecurityModeComplete
8 The Network configures a new data radio bearer, associated with the default EPS bearer context.
If the test case using state 3 as an initial state is using N additional data radio bearers (0 ≤ N ≤ 7), the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the configuration of these additional data radio bearers in the drb-ToAddModify IE and one ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message per additional data radio bearer.
The RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is using condition SRB2-DRB(1+n, m) where n and m are the number of DRBs associated with dedicated EPS bearer contexts and configured respectively withRLC-AM and RLC-UM (n+m = N).
<--
<--
RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration
NAS:
ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
...
ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
- EXCEPTION: the steps 9 and 10a1 to 10a3 (if present) happen in any order.
- -
9 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the default EPS bearer context.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
230 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Step Procedure Message Sequence
10a If N ≥ 1 (refer to Step 8), the UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message matching with the 1st ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message included in Step 8.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
10b If N ≥ 2 (refer to Step 8), the UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message matching with the 2nd ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message included in Step 8.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
10c If N ≥ 3 (refer to Step 8), the UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message matching with the 3rd ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message included in Step 8.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
10d If N ≥ 4 (refer to Step 8), the UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message matching with the 4th ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message included in Step 8.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
10e If N ≥ 5 (refer to Step 8), the UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message matching with the 5th ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message included in Step 8.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
10f If N ≥ 6 (refer to Step 8), the UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message matching with the 6th ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message included in Step 8.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
10g If N = 7 (refer to Step 8), the UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message matching with the 7th ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message included in Step 8.
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
Chapter Eight: Appendix A | 231
8.1.4. Tracking Area Update
Table 8-4: Tracking Area Updating Procedure
Step Procedure Message Sequence
UE-eNB eNB-MME
Message
1 The Network transmits system information on the cell specified in the test case.
<-- RRC: SYSTEM INFORMATION (BCCH)
2 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionRequest message on the cell specified in the test case.
--> RRC: RRCConnectionRequest
3 Network transmits an RRCConnectionSetup message.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionSetup
4 The UE transmits an RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to confirm the successful completion of the connection establishment and a TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message is sent to update the registration of the actual tracking area.
-->
-->
RRC: RRCConnectionSetupComplete NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
5 Network responds with TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
<--
<--
RRC: DLInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
6 The UE transmits a TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
-->
-->
RRC: ULInformationTransfer
NAS: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
7 The Network transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release RRC connection and move to RRC_IDLE.
<-- RRC: RRCConnectionRelease
9. Appendix B
9.1. RRC and NAS Messages with Default Parameters
9.1.1. RRCConnectionRequest
Table 9-1: RRCConnectionRequest
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRequest-r8 SEQUENCE {
FDD
establishmentCause mt-Access TDD
}
}
}
Condition Explanation Condition Explanation
FDD FDD cell environment FDD FDD cell environment
TDD TDD cell environment TDD TDD cell environment
9.1.2. RRCConnectionSetup
Table 9-2: RRCConnectionSetup
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionSetup ::= SEQUENCE {
rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier-DL
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionSetup-r8 SEQUENCE {
Chapter Nine: Appendix B | 233
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
radioResourceConfigDedicated RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB1
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {}
Not present
}
}
}
}
9.1.3. RRCConnectionSetupComplete
Table 9-3: RRCConnectionSetupComplete
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionSetupComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier-UL
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionSetupComplete-r8 SEQUENCE {
selectedPLMN-Identity 1
registeredMME Not checked
dedicatedInfoNAS Present but contents not checked
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {}
Not checked
}
}
}
}
9.1.4. RRCConnectionReconfiguration
Table 9-4: RRCConnectionReconfiguration
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
234 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {
rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier-DL
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {
measConfig Not present
MeasConfig-DEFAULT
MEAS
mobilityControlInfo Not present
MobilityControlInfo-HO
HO, HO-TO-EUTRA
dedicatedInfoNASList Not present
Set according to specific message content
SRB2-DRB(n, m)
DRB(n, m)
SRB1-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
AM-DRB-ADD(bid)
UM-DRB-ADD(bid)
DRB-REL(bid)
DRB-Mod
radioResourceConfigDedicated Not present
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m)
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-DRB(n, m)
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-AM-DRB-ADD(bid)
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-UM-DRB-ADD(bid)
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-DRB-REL(bid)
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-HO
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-HO-TO-EUTRA(n, m)
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-
SRB2-DRB(n, m)
DRB(n, m)
AM-DRB-ADD(bid)
UM-DRB-ADD(bid)
DRB-REL(bid)
HO
HO-TO-EUTRA(n,m)
DRB-Mod
Chapter Nine: Appendix B | 235
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
DRB-Mod
securityConfigHO Not present
SecurityConfigHO-DEFAULT
HO, HO-TO-EUTRA
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {}
Not present
}
}
}
}
Condition Explanation Condition Explanation
SRB2-DRB(n,m) Establishment of a SRB and DRB combination with n x AM DRB and m x UM DRB (including establishment of SRB2)
SRB2-DRB(n,m) Establishment of a SRB and DRB combination with n x AM DRB and m x UM DRB (including establishment of SRB2)
DRB(n,m) Establishment of additional n x AM DRB:s and m x UM DRB:s (SRB2 should already be established)
DRB(n,m) Establishment of additional n x AM DRB:s and m x UM DRB:s (SRB2 should already be established)
AM-DRB-ADD(bid) Establishment of a single additional AM DRB with bearer identity bid (SRB2 should already be established)
AM-DRB-ADD(bid) Establishment of a single additional AM DRB with bearer identity bid (SRB2 should already be established)
UM-DRB-ADD(bid) Establishment of a single additional UM DRB with bearer identity bid (SRB2 should already be established)
UM-DRB-ADD(bid) Establishment of a single additional UM DRB with bearer identity bid (SRB2 should already be established)
DRB-REL(bid) Release of the DRB with bearer identity bid
DRB-REL(bid) Release of the DRB with bearer identity bid
HO Intra LTE handover HO Intra LTE handover
236 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Condition Explanation Condition Explanation
MEAS A measurement is configured
MEAS A measurement is configured
HO-TO-EUTRA(n,m) Inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA including the establishment of a SRB1, SRB2 and n x AM DRB plus m x UM DRB
HO-TO-EUTRA(n,m) Inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA including the establishment of a SRB1, SRB2 and n x AM DRB plus m x UM DRB
DRB-Mod Modification of already established DRB ID 2 and is used for sending Modify EPS Bearer Context Request message (SRB2 should already be established)
DRB-Mod Modification of already established DRB ID 2 and is used for sending Modify EPS Bearer Context Request message (SRB2 should already be established)
9.1.4.1 RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
Table 9-5: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier-UL
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8 SEQUENCE {
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} Not checked
}
}
}
9.1.4.2 SecurityModeCommand
Table 9-6: SecurityModeCommand
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SecurityModeCommand
Chapter Nine: Appendix B | 237
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
::= SEQUENCE {
rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier-DL
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
securityModeCommand-r8 SEQUENCE {
securityConfigSMC SecurityConfigSMC-DEFAULT
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {}
Not present
}
}
}
9.1.4.3 SecurityModeComplete
Table 9-7: SecurityModeComplete
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SecurityModeComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
rrc-TransactionIdentifier
RRC-TransactionIdentifier-UL
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
securityModeComplete-r8 SEQUENCE {
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {}
Not checked
}
}
}
238 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
9.1.4.4 RRCConnectionRelease
Table 9-8: RRCConnectionRelease
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionRelease ::= SEQUENCE {
rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier-DL
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRelease-r8 SEQUENCE {
releaseCause other
redirectedCarrierInfo Not present
idleModeMobilityControlInfo Not present
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {}
Not present
}
}
}
}
9.1.4.5 UECapabilityEnquiry
Table 9-9: UECapabilityEnquiry
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {
rrc-TransactionIdentifier
RRC-TransactionIdentifier-DL
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {
ue-CapabilityRequest eutra
nonCriticalExtension Not present
Chapter Nine: Appendix B | 239
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SEQUENCE {}
}
}
}
}
9.1.4.6 UECapabilityInformation
Table 9-10: UECapabilityInformation
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
UECapabilityInformation ::= SEQUENCE {
rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier-UL
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
ueCapabilityInformation-r8 SEQUENCE {
ue-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList
Stated capability shall be compatible with 3GPP TS 36.523-2 (ICS statements) and the user settings
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {}
Not checked
}
}
}
}
9.1.4.7 Paging
Table 9-11: Paging
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Paging::= SEQUENCE {
id- Set to the
240 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
UEIdentityIndexValue UEIdentityIndex of the UE
id-UEPagingID Set to the value of the S-TMSI of the UE
id-pagingDRX
id-CNDomain ps
id-TAIList ::= SEQUENCE{
tAI Set to PLMN identity and TAC to identify the tracking area of the UE
iE-Extensions
}
id-CSG-IdList
}
9.1.4.8 UEContextReleaseCommand
Table 9-12: UEContextReleaseCommand Message
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
UEContextReleaseCommand::= SEQUENCE {
id-UE-S1AP-IDs
id-Cause
}
9.1.4.9 RRCConnectionRelease
Table 9-13: RRCConnectionRelease Message
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RRCConnectionRelease ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRelease-r8 SEQUENCE {
Chapter Nine: Appendix B | 241
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
redirectedCarrierInfo ::= CHOICE {
eutra
}
}
}
}
}
9.1.4.10 InitialUEMessage
Table 9-14: InitialUEMessage
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
InitialUEMessage::= SEQUENCE {
id-eNB-UE-S1AP-ID
id-NAS-PDU UE – EPC message
id-TAI Set to the PLMN Identity and TAC value
id-EUTRAN-CGI Set to the PLMN Identity and Cell Identity.
id-RRC-Establishment-Cause
id-S-TMSI
id-CSG-Id
id-GUMMEI-ID
}
9.1.4.11 InitialContextSetupRequest
Table 9-15: InitialContextSetupRequest
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
InitialContextSetupRequest::= SEQUENCE {
id-MME-UE-S1AP-ID
id-eNB-UE-S1AP-ID
242 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
id-uEaggregateMaximumBitrate
Valid Bit rate value
id-E-RABToBeSetupListCtxtSUReq
Set to valid values for E-RAB to Be Setup List
id-UESecurityCapabilities Supported algorithms for encryption and integrity protection
id-SecurityKey
id-TraceActivation
id-HandoverRestrictionList
id-UERadioCapability
id-SubscriberProfileIDforRFP
id-CSFallbackIndicator
id-SRVCCOperationPossible
}
9.1.4.12 InitialContextSetupResponse
Table 9-16: InitialContextSetupResponse
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
InitialContextSetupResponse::= SEQUENCE {
id-MME-UE-S1AP-ID
id-eNB-UE-S1AP-ID
id-E-RABSetupListCtxtSURes::=SEQUENCE {
SIZE(1.. maxNrOfE-RABs)) of SEQUENCE {
e-RAB-ID
transportLayerAddress IP address
gTP-TEID GTP Tunnel Endpoint Identifier
iE-Extensions
}
Chapter Nine: Appendix B | 243
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
}
id-E-RABFailedToSetupListCtxtSURes::= SEQUENCE{
id-MME-UE-S1AP-ID
id-eNB-UE-S1AP-ID
id-Cause
id-CriticalityDiagnostics
}
id-CriticalityDiagnostics
}
9.1.4.13 Handover to UTRAN Command
Table 9-17: Handover to UTRAN Command
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
New U-RNTI U-RNTI-Short
- SRNC identity 0000 0000 0001B
- S-RNTI 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001B
Ciphering algorithm UEA0 or UEA1. The indicated algorithm must be one of the algorithms supported by the UE.
RNC support for change of UE capability
FALSE
New H-RNTI Not present UTRA PS RB, UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
'1010 1010 1010 1010'
UTRA HSDPA RB, UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
New Primary E-RNTI Not present UTRA PS RB, UTRA HSDPA RB, UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
'1010 1010 1010 1010'
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
244 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
New Secondary E-RNTI Not present
Default configuration for CELL_FACH
Not present
CHOICE specification mode
Complete specification
Signaling RB information to setup List
Same as the corresponding IE in the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message (Transition to CELL_DCH or HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH) using condition A1 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA PS RB, UTRA HSDPA RB, UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Same as the corresponding IE in the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message (Transition to CELL_DCH or HS-PDSCH in CELL_FACH) using condition A3 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
RAB information to setup list
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A2 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A3 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA PS RB, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A10 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSDPA RB
Chapter Nine: Appendix B | 245
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A14 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
UL Transport channel information common for all transport channels
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A2 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A3 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA PS RB
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A10 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSDPA RB
Same content as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A14 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
Added or Reconfigured UL TrCH information
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A2 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A3 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA PS RB
246 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A10 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSDPA RB
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A14 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
DL Transport channel information common for all transport channels
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A2 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A3 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA PS RB
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A10 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSDPA RB
Same content as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A14 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
Added or Reconfigured DL TrCH information
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A2 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Chapter Nine: Appendix B | 247
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A3 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA PS RB
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A10 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSDPA RB
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A14 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
Uplink DPCH info Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A2 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A3 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA PS RB
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A10 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSDPA RB
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A14 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
248 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
E-DCH Info Not present UTRA PS RB, UTRA HSDPA RB, UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A14 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
Downlink HS-PDSCH Information
Not present UTRA PS RB, UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A10 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSDPA RB
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A14 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
Downlink information common for all radio links
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A2 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A4 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA PS RB
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A10 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSDPA RB
Chapter Nine: Appendix B | 249
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A14 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
Downlink information for each radio link list
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A2 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA Speech, UTRA PS RB + Speech
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A3 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA PS RB
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A10 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSDPA RB
Same as the corresponding IE in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message using condition A14 in TS 34.108 clause 9.1.1
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB
Frequency info Set according to the frequency of the target UTRA cell.
Multi-frequency Info Not present
Maximum allowed UL TX power
33dBm
10. Appendix C (Pre-Conditions)
10.1. Network Configurations
10.1.1. Operating Bands
Table 10-1: Operating Bands
E-UTRA Operating Band
Uplink (UL) operating band BS receive UE transmit
Downlink (DL) operating band BS transmit UE receive
Duplex Mode
FUL_low –FUL_high FDL_low –FDL_high
1 1920 MHz – 1980 MHz 2110 MHz – 2170 MHz FDD
2 1850 MHz – 1910MHz 1930 MHz – 1990 MHz FDD
3 1710 MHz – 1785 MHz 1805 MHz – 1880 MHz FDD
4 1710 MHz – 1755 MHz 2110 MHz – 2155 MHz FDD
5 824 MHz – 849 MHz 869 MHz – 894MHz FDD
61 830 MHz – 840MHz 875 MHz – 885 MHz FDD
7 2500 MHz – 2570 MHz 2620 MHz – 2690 MHz FDD
8 880 MHz – 915 MHz 925 MHz – 960 MHz FDD
9 1749.9 MHz
– 1784.9 MHz
1844.9 MHz – 1879.9 MHz
FDD
10 1710 MHz – 1770 MHz 2110 MHz – 2170 MHz FDD
11 1427.9 MHz
– 1447.9 MHz
1475.9 MHz – 1495.9 MHz
FDD
12 699 MHz – 716 MHz 729 MHz – 746 MHz FDD
13 777 MHz – 787 MHz 746 MHz – 756 MHz FDD
14 788 MHz – 798 MHz 758 MHz – 768 MHz FDD
15 Reserved Reserved FDD
16 Reserved Reserved FDD
17 704 MHz – 716 MHz 734 MHz – 746 MHz FDD
18 815 MHz – 830 MHz 860 MHz – 875 MHz FDD
19 830 MHz – 845 MHz 875 MHz – 890 MHz FDD
20 832 MHz – 862 MHz 791 MHz – 821 MHz FDD
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 251
E-UTRA Operating Band
Uplink (UL) operating band BS receive UE transmit
Downlink (DL) operating band BS transmit UE receive
Duplex Mode
21 1447.9 MHz
– 1462.9 MHz
1495.9 MHz – 1510.9 MHz
FDD
10.1.2. Mapping of E-UTRA Bands to Bandwidth
Table 10-2: Mapping of E-UTRA Bands to Bandwidth
E-UTRA Band/Channel Bandwidth
E-UTRA Band 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10MHz 15 MHz 20MHz
1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
5 Yes Yes Yes Yes[1]
6 Yes Yes[1]
7 Yes Yes Yes Yes[1]
8 Yes Yes Yes Yes[1]
9 Yes Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
10 Yes Yes Yes Yes
11 Yes Yes[1]
12 Yes Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
13 Yes[1] Yes[1]
14 Yes[1] Yes[1]
...
17 Yes[1] Yes[1]
18 Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
19 Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
20 Yes Yes[1] Yes[1] Yes[1]
21 Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
...
33 Yes Yes Yes Yes
34 Yes Yes Yes
35 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
36 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
252 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
E-UTRA Band/Channel Bandwidth
37 Yes Yes Yes Yes
38 Yes Yes Yes Yes
39 Yes Yes Yes Yes
40 Yes Yes Yes Yes
NOTE:Bandwidth for which a relaxation of the specified UE receiver sensitivity requirement (Clause 7.3) is allowed.
10.1.3. PLMN Association with MCC and MNC
Table 10-3: PLMN association with MCC and MNC
PLMN MCC1 MCC2 MCC3 MNC1 MNC2 MNC3 TAC
1 0 0 1 0 1 Not present Refer to Table 6-4
2 0 0 2 1 1 Not present
3 0 0 3 2 1 Not present
4 0 0 4 3 1 Not present
5 0 0 5 4 1 Not present
6 0 0 6 5 1 Not present
7 0 0 7 6 1 Not present
8 0 0 8 7 1 Not present
9 0 0 9 0 2 Not present
10 0 1 0 1 2 Not present
11 0 1 1 2 2 Not present
12 0 1 2 3 2 Not present
13 0 0 2 8 1 Not present
14 0 0 2 9 1 Not present
15 0 0 1 1 1 Not present
16 0 0 1 2 1 Not present
10.1.4. PLMN Mapping to Cell
Table 10-4: PLMN Mapping to Cell
Cell PLMN name MCC MNC
1 PLMN1 001 01
2 PLMN2 001 11
3 PLMN3 001 21
4 PLMN4 001 31
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 253
10.1.5. General Network Configuration
Table 10-5: General Network Configuration
Cell ID PLMN name MCC MNC TAC MME Group ID
MME Code
1 PLMN1 001 01 1 32769 1
2 PLMN1 001 01 2 32769 1
3 PLMN1 001 01 3 32769 1
4 PLMN2 001 11 2 32769 1
5 PLMN3 001 21 3 32769 1
6 PLMN4 001 31 4 32769 1
10.1.6. General Cell Configuration
Table 10-6: General Cell Configuration
Cell ID
E-UTRAN Cell Identifier Physical layer cell identity
rootSequenceIndex FDD
rootSequenceIndex TDD
eNB Identifier Cell Identity
Cell 1
'0000 0000 0000 0000 0001'B
'0000 0000'B
0 22 0
Cell 2
'0000 0000 0000 0000 0001'B
'0000 0010'B
2 86 8
Cell 3
'0000 0000 0000 0000 0010'B
'0000 0011'B
3 22 0
Cell 4
'0000 0000 0000 0000 0011'B
'0000 0100'B
4 150 16
Cell 6
'0000 0000 0000 0000 0100'B
'0000 0110'B
6 22 0
Cell 10
'0000 0000 0000 0000 0101'B
'0000 1010'B
10 22 0
Cell 11
'0000 0000 0000 0000 0110'B
'0000 1011'B
11 214 24
Cell 12
'0000 0000 0000 0000 0010'B
'0000 1100'B
12 86 8
Cell 13
'0000 0000 0000 0000 0100'B
'0000 1101'B
13 86 8
Cell 14
'0000 0000 0000 0000 0111'B
'0000 1110'B
14 22 0
254 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
10.1.7. Radio Link Parameters
Table 10-7: Radio Link Parameters
Configuration RS EPRE Qrxlevmin EARFCN(UL/DL) Frequency Band
1 -73 -100 22650/4650 10
10.1.8. UE Categories
Table 10-8: UE Categories
UE Category Maximum number of DL-SCH transport block bits received within a TTI
Maximum number of bits of a DL-SCH transport block received within a TTI
Total number of soft channel bits
Maximum number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in DL
Category 1 10296 10296 250368 1
Category 2 51024 51024 1237248 2
Category 3 102048 75376 1237248 2
Category 4 150752 75376 1827072 2
Category 5 299552 149776 3667200 4
10.1.9. UE Categories UL Parameter Support
Table 10-9: UE Categories UL Parameter Support
UE Category
Maximum number of bits of an UL-SCH transport block transmitted within a TTI
Support for 64QAM in UL
Category 1 5160 No
Category 2 25456 No
Category 3 51024 No
Category 4 51024 No
Category 5 75376 Yes
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 255
10.1.10. Default NAS Parameters for Simulated Cells
Table 10-10: Default NAS Parameters for Simulated Cells
Cell ID Tracking Area TA# List *Note 1
GUTI *Note 2
TA# PLMN TAC MME Identifier M-TMSI
MCC MNC MME Group ID
MME Code
Cell 1 TAI-1
*Note 3 1 TAI-1 32769 1 Arbitrarily selected according to TS23.003 subclause 2.8 [2]. Cell 2 TAI-
1 *Note 3 1 TAI-1 32769 1
Cell 3 TAI-1
*Note 3 1 TAI-1 32769 1
Cell 4 TAI-1
*Note 3 1 TAI-1 32769 1
Cell 6 TAI-1
*Note 3 1 TAI-1 32769 1
Cell 10 TAI-1
*Note 3 1 TAI-1 32769 1
Cell 11 TAI-2
*Note 3 2 TAI-2 32769 1
Cell 23 TAI-2
*Note 3 2 TAI-2 32769 1
Cell 12, Cell 28
TAI-3
002 11 1 TAI-3 32769 1
Cell 13,Cell 29
TAI-4
003 21 1 TAI-4 32769 1
Cell 14, Cell 30
TAI-5
004 31 1 TAI-5 32769 1
*Note 1:The value(s) in the column TA# list indicates TAI(s) included in the response messages of the registration procedure (ATTACH ACCEPT or TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT) when the UE performs the registration procedure on a corresponding cell.
Note 2:The value in the column GUTI indicates GUTI included in the response messages of the registration procedure (ATTACH ACCEPT or TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT) when the UE performs the registration procedure on a corresponding cell.
Note 3:Set to the same Mobile Country Code and Mobile Network Codestored in EFIMSI on the test USIM card (subclause 4.9.3).
256 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
10.1.11. Network Configuration for Simulated NAS Cell
Table 10-11: Network Configuration Simulated NAS Cell
NAS Cell ID
Tracking Area TA# List *Note 1
GUTI *Note 2
TA# PLMN TAC MME Identifier M-TMSI
MCC MNC MME Group ID
MME Code
Cell 1 TAI-1 *Note 3 1 TAI-1 32769 1 Arbitrarily selected Cell 2 TAI-2 *Note 3 2 TAI-2 32770 1
Cell 3 TAI-3 *Note 3 3 TAI-3 32771 1
Cell 4 TAI-4 *Note 3 4 TAI-4 32772 1
Cell 5 TAI-12 002 101 3 TAI-12 32777 1
Cell 6
Cell 7 TAI-7 *Note 4
02 1 TAI-7 32775 1
Cell 8 TAI-8 *Note 4
02 2 TAI-8 32776 1
Cell 9 TAI-9 002 101 1 TAI-9 32777 1
Cell 10 TAI-10 003 101 1 TAI-10 32778 1
Cell 11 TAI-9 002 101 1 TAI-9 32777 1
Cell 12 TAI-11 002 101 2 TAI-11 32779 1
Cell 13 TAI-1 *Note 3 1 TAI-1 32769 1
*Note 1: The value(s) in the column TA# list indicates TAI(s) included in the response messages of the registration procedure (ATTACH ACCEPT or TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT) when the UE performs the registration procedure on a corresponding cell.
Note 2: The value in the column GUTI indicates GUTI included in the response messages of the registration procedure (ATTACH ACCEPT or TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT) when the UE performs the registration procedure on a corresponding cell.
Note 3:Set to the same Mobile Country Code and Mobile Network Codestored in EFIMSI on the test USIM card (sub clause4.9.3).
Note 4:Set to the same Mobile Country Codestored in EFIMSI on the test USIM card (sub clause4.9.3).
Note 5: Cell 1 is a serving cell and the other cells are suitable neighbor cells. The definitions are specified in sub clause 6.2.2.1.
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 257
10.1.12. Reference Dedicated EPS Bearer Contexts
Table 10-12: Reference Dedicated EPS Bearer Contexts
Parameters Reference dedicated EPS bearer context #1
Reference dedicated EPS bearer context #2
Reference dedicated EPS bearer context #3
Linked EPS Bearer Identity
Reference default EPS bearer #1
Reference default EPS bearer #1
FFS
EPS QoS
QCI
(Note 1)
1
(GBR QCI)
5
(non-GBR QCI)
FFS
Maximum bit rate for uplink
384 kbps 384 kbps
(Note 2)
FFS
Maximum bit rate for downlink
384 kbps 384 kbps
(Note 2)
FFS
Guaranteedbit rate for uplink
128 kbps 128 kbps
(Note 2)
FFS
Guaranteed bit rate for downlink
128 kbps 128 kbps
(Note 2)
FFS
Maximum bit rate for uplink (extended)
0 0 FFS
Maximum bit rate for downlink (extended)
0 0 FFS
Guaranteed bit rate for uplink (extended)
0 0 FFS
Guaranteed bit rate for downlink (extended)
0 0 FFS
TFT
TFT operation code “create new TFT” “create new TFT” FFS
E bit 0 0 FFS
Packet filters
(Note 5)
1, 2 3 FFS
Negotiated QoS
Traffic Class conversational Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Delivery Order 'yes' Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
258 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Parameters Reference dedicated EPS bearer context #1
Reference dedicated EPS bearer context #2
Reference dedicated EPS bearer context #3
Delivery of erroneous SDU
'no' Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Maximum SDU size 150 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Maximum bit rate for uplink
384 kbps Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Maximum bit rate for downlink
384 kbps Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Residual BER 5*10-2 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
SDU error ratio 10-2 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Transfer delay 80 ms Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Traffic Handling priority
0 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Guaranteed bit rate for uplink
0 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Guaranteed bit rate for downlink
0 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Signaling Indication 0 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Source Statistics Descriptor
0 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Maximum bit rate for downlink (extended)
0 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Guaranteed bit rate for downlink (extended)
0 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Maximum bit rate for uplink (extended)
0 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Guaranteed bit rate for uplink (extended)
0 Refer to PDP context3 (Note 3, Note 6)
FFS
Negotiated LLC SAPI 3 (Note 6) Refer to PDP context3 (Note 6)
FFS
Radio priority 1 (Note 6) Refer to PDP context3 (Note 6)
FFS
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 259
Parameters Reference dedicated EPS bearer context #1
Reference dedicated EPS bearer context #2
Reference dedicated EPS bearer context #3
Protocol configuration options
- - FFS
Note 1: For all non-GBR QCIs, the maximum and guaranteed bit rates shall be ignored.
Note 2: According to TS 24.301, the UE ignores these parameters for a non-GBR QCI.
Note 3: Parameters included for UEs capable of UTRAN according to TS 34.123-3 clause 8.10.
Note 5: This row refers to the reference packet filters defined in the tables below. For each reference dedicated EPS bearer context, a list of reference packet filter numbers is provided.
Note 6: Parameter included for UEs capable of GERAN when value is not provided then value from TS 51.010 sub-clause 40.5 is applied.
10.1.13. UTRAN Cell Configuration
Table 10-13: Default Parameters for Simulated UTRA Cells
Cell ID Primary scrambling code for FDD Cell parameters ID for TDD
Cell 5 100 0
Cell 7 150 4
Cell 8 200 8
Cell 9 250 12
Table 10-14: Default NAS Parameters for Simulated UTRA Cells
PLMN Location Area Identification
Routing Area Identification
TMSI P-TMSI signature
MCC MNC LA# LAC RA# RAC
Cell 5
(Note 1) LAI-1 1 RAI-1 1 Arbitrarily selected according to TS23.003
sub clause 2.4 [2].
Arbitrarily selected according to TS23.003
sub clause 2.7 [2]. Cell 7
(Note 1) LAI-1 1 RAI-1 1
Cell 8
(Note 1) LAI-1 1 RAI-1 1
Cell 9
(Note 1) LAI-1 1 RAI-1 1
Note 1: Set to the same Mobile Country Code and Mobile Network Codestored in EFIMSI on the test USIM card (sub clause4.9.3).
260 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
10.1.14. UTRAN Test Frequency
Table 10-15: UTRAN Test Frequency in FDD Mode
Cell ID UARFCN Frequency of Uplink UARFCN Frequency of Downlink
Cell 5 9 613 1 922.6 MHz 10 563 2 112.6 MHz
10.1.15. Suitable/Non-Suitable EUTRAN Cell Parameters
Table 10-16: Default Settings of Suitable/Non-suitable EUTRAN Cells
Power Level Type E-UTRAN
Unit Power Level
Serving cell dBm/15kHz -85
Suitable neighbor intra-frequency cell dBm/15kHz -91
Suitable neighbor inter-frequency cell dBm/15kHz -97
Non-suitable cell dBm/15kHz -115
Non-suitable “Off” cell dBm/15kHz ≤ -145
10.1.16. Suitable/Non-Suitable UTRAN Cell Parameters
Table 10-17: Default Settings of Suitable/Non-suitable UTRAN Cells
Power Level Type UTRAN Cell Parameters
Qqualmin Qrxlevmin UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH
CPICH Ec
(dB) (dBm) (dBm) dBm/3.84 MHz
Serving cell -24 -79 21 -60
Suitable neighbor intra-frequency cell
-24 -79 21 -70
Suitable neighbor inter-frequency cell
-24 -79 21 -70
Non-suitable cell -24 -79 21 -90
Non-suitable “Off” cell -24 -79 21 ≤ -122
10.1.17. UTRA Reference Radio Parameters and Combinations
Table 10-18: UTRA Reference Radio Parameters and Combinations
Condition Comment
UTRA Speech Conversational/speech/UL:12.2 DL:12.2 kbps/CS RAB + UL:3.4 DL:3.4 kbps SRBs for DCCH
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 261
Condition Comment
UTRA PS RB Interactive or background/UL:64 DL: 64 kbps/PS RAB + UL:3.4 DL:3.4 kbps SRBs for DCCH
UTRA HSDPA RB Interactive or background/UL:64 DL: [max bit rate depending on UE category]/PS RAB + UL:3.4 DL:3.4 kbps SRBs for DCCH
UTRA HSUPA/HSDPA RB Streaming or interactive or background/UL: [max bit rate depending on UE category and TTI] DL: [max bit rate depending on UE category]/PS RAB + UL: [max bit rate depending on UE category and TTI] DL: [max bit rate depending on UE category] SRBs for DCCH on E-DCH and HS-DSCH
UTRA PS RB + Speech Conversational/speech/UL:12.2 DL:12.2 kbps/CS RAB + Interactive or background/UL:64 DL:64 kbps/PS RAB+ UL:3.4 DL: 3.4 kbps SRBs for DCCH
10.1.18. MIB
10.1.18.1 MIB Configuration Sample 1 –Default
The MasterInformationBlock includes the system information transmitted on BCH.
Table 10-19: MasterInformationBlock
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
MasterInformationBlock ::= SEQUENCE {
dl-Bandwidth n50.
phich-ConfigSEQUENCE {}
PHICH-Config-DEFAULT
Refer to Table 6-20
systemFrameNumber Formula SFN mod 4 = 0 , this value can be 0,4,8 ,12
Spare '0000 0000 00'B
}
Table 10-20: PHICH-Config-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
PHICH-Config-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
phich-Duration Normal
262 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
phich-Resource One Ng=1 has been selected to ensure enough PHICH resources from the real network point of view.
10.1.19. SystemInformationBlockType1
10.1.19.1 SIB1 Configuration Sample 1 –Default
Table 10-21: SystemInformationBlockType1 Contents
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellAccessRelatedInfo SEQUENCE {
plmn-IdentityList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..6)) OF SEQUENCE {
1 entry
plmn-Identity[1] SEQUENCE {
mcc SEQUENCE (SIZE (3)) OF MCC-NMC-Digit
Cell 1 Configuration from PLMN mapping to cell
mnc SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..3)) OF MCC-NMC-Digit
Cell 1 Configuration from PLMN mapping to cell
}
cellReservedForOperatorUse[1] notReserved
}
trackingAreaCode Cell 1 Configuration from Table 6-5: General Network Configuration
This code is common for a set of eNodeBs under a MME
cellIdentity Cell 1 Configuration of Table 6-5: General Network Configuration
Cell ID for the simulated cell
cellBarred notBarred
intraFreqReselection notAllowed
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 263
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
csg-Indication FALSE
csg-Identity Not present
}
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin Configuration 1 of Table 6-7: Radio Link Parameters
For RF/RRM test cases
q-RxLevMinOffset Not present
}
p-Max Not present
freqBandIndicator Configuration 1 of Table 6-7: Radio Link Parameters
Also Based on UE
schedulingInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SEQUENCE {}
Table 6-39: Scheduling for Combination 1
tdd-ConfigSEQUENCE {} Not present FDD
tdd-ConfigSEQUENCE {} TDD-Config-DEFAULT
TDD
si-WindowLength ms20 To allow sufficient number of retransmissions.
systemInfoValueTag 0
nonCriticalExtensionSEQUENCE {}
Not present
264 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
10.1.20. SystemInformationBlockType2
10.1.20.1 SIB2 Configuration Sample 1 –Default
The IE SystemInformationBlockType2 contains radio resource configuration information that is common for all UEs.
Table 10-22: SystemInformationBlockType2 Contents
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SystemInformationBlockType2 ::= SEQUENCE {
ac-BarringInfo SEQUENCE {} Not present
radioResourceConfigCommon SEQUENCE {}
RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-DEFAULT
ue-TimersAndConstants SEQUENCE {
t300 ms1000 Typical value in real network
t301 ms1000 Typical value in real network
t310 ms1000 Typical value in real network
n310 n1
t311 ms10000 Typical value in real network
n311 n1
}
freqInfo SEQUENCE {
ul-CarrierFreq Not present Default UL EARFCN applies
ul-Bandwidth Not Present
additionalSpectrumEmission
1 (NS_01) A-MPR doesn’t apply by default.
Refer to TS36.101Table6.2.4-1.
}
mbsfn-SubframeConfiguration
Not present
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 265
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
timeAlignmentTimerCommon
sf750 ‘sf750’ is applicable to the widest range of mobility (up to about 360km/h).
}
10.1.21. RadioResourceConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Table 10-23: RadioResourceConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RadioResourceConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
rach-ConfigCommon RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
prach-Config PRACH-Config-DEFAULT
pdsch-ConfigCommon Not present
pusch-ConfigCommon PUSCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
phich-Config Not present
pucch-ConfigCommon Not present
soundingRSUL-ConfigCommon SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
uplinkPowerControlCommon Not present
antennaInfoCommon Not present
antennaInfoCommon SEQUENCE {
2TX
antennaPortsCount an2
}
p-Max Not present
tdd-Config Not present FDD
TDD-Config-DEFAULT TDD
ul-CyclicPrefixLength len1
266 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
10.1.22. BCCH-Config-DEFAULT
Table 10-24: BCCH-Config-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
BCCH-Config-DEFAULT::= SEQUENCE {
modificationPeriodCoeff n4 To provide reliable delivery of SI change notifications.
}
10.1.23. CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
Table 10-25: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic rm30
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset 0
cqi-ReportPeriodic Not present
cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE { CQI_PERIODIC
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex 0
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex 25 (Refer to Table 7.2.2-1Ain TS 36.213)
FDD
24 (Refer toTable 7.2.2-1C in TS 36.213)
TDD
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {
widebandCQI NULL
}
ri-ConfigIndex 483 (Refer to Table 7.2.2-1B in TS 36.213)
FDD
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 267
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
484 (Refer to Table 7.2.2-1B in TS 36.213) This value for TDD is selected together with cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex based on TDD Configuration 1.
TDD
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI FALSE
}
}
}
10.1.24. DRB-ToAddModList-RECONFIG
Table 10-26: DRB-ToAddModList-RECONFIG
Condition Explanation
CQI_PERIODIC When periodic CQI reporting should be enabled
FDD FDD cell environment
TDD TDD cell environment
10.1.25. PCCH-Config-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
DRB-ToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF SEQUENCE {
2 Entries
eps-BearerIdentity[1] Not present
drb-Identity[1] 1
pdcp-Config[1] Not present
rlc-Config[1] RLC-Config-DRB-AM-RECONFIG
logicalChannelIdentity[1] Not present
logicalChannelConfig[1] Not present
eps-BearerIdentity[2] Not present
268 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
drb-Identity[2] 2
pdcp-Config[2] Not present
rlc-Config[2] RLC-Config-DRB-AM-RECONFIG
logicalChannelIdentity[2] Not present
logicalChannelConfig[2] Not present
}
Table 10-27: PCCH-Config-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
PCCH-Config-DEFAULT::= SEQUENCE {
defaultPagingCycle rf128 Typical value in real network.
nB oneT
}
10.1.26. PHICH-Config-DEFAULT
Table 10-28: PHICH-Config-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
PHICH-Config-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
phich-Duration normal
phich-Resource one Ng=1 has been selected to ensure enough PHICH resources from the real network point of view.
10.1.27. PDSCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Table 10-29: PDSCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
PDSCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
referenceSignalPower 18 (dBm)
p-b 0 ( AB ρρ / = 1)
1TX
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 269
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
1 ( AB ρρ / = 1)
2TX
Condition Explanation
1TX 1 Network Tx antenna environment
2TX 2 Network Tx antenna environment
10.1.28. PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Table 10-30: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a dB-3 for signaling test cases;
dB0 for others
dB-3for signaling test cases to reduce interferencefrom PDSCH of intra-frequency neighbor cells
1TX
dB-3 2TX
}
10.1.29. PRACH-Config-DEFAULT
Table 10-31: PRACH-Config-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
PRACH-Config-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
rootSequenceIndex Refer toTable 6-6and Table 6-10.
Refer to Table 5.7.2-4 in TS 36.211for PRACH format 0-3
FDD
Refer toTable 6-6and Table 6-10.
Refer to Table 5.7.2-5 in TS 36.211 for PRACH format 4
TDD
prach-ConfigInfo SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex 3 Typical value in real FDD
270 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
network for FDD (Refer to Table 5.7.1-1 and 5.7.1-2 in TS 36.211)
51 Typical value in real network for TDD (Refer to table 5.7.1-3 and 5.7.1-4 in TS 36.211)
TDD
highSpeedFlag FALSE (Unrestricted set)
High speed train configuration doesn’t apply by default.
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig 5 (Ncs configuration = 5)
Assuming cell radius is up to approximately 3 km.
FDD
4 (Ncs configuration = 4)
Assuming cell radius is up to approximately 1 km.
TDD
prach-FreqOffset Refer to sub clause 4.6.8
Channel-bandwidth-dependent parameter
}
}
Note: Although PRACH format 0-3 is applicable for both FDD and TDD, the PRACH format 4 is used as default for testing for TDD.
Condition Explanation
FDD FDD cell environment
TDD TDD cell environment
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 271
10.1.30. PUCCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Table 10-32: PUCCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
PUCCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
deltaPUCCH-Shift ds2 Assuming typical values of the maximum delay spread
nRB-CQI Refer to sub clause 4.6.8
Channel-bandwidth-dependent parameter
nCS-AN 6
n1PUCCH-AN 0
}
10.1.31. PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Table 10-33: PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
ackNackRepetition CHOICE {
release NULL
}
tddAckNackFeedbackMode Not present FDD
multiplexing Multiplexing is selected as default to align with RAN4’s assumptions in RF tests.
TDD
}
Condition Explanation
FDD FDD cell environment
TDD TDD cell environment
272 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
10.1.32. PUSCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Table 10-34: PUSCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
PUSCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
pusch-ConfigBasic SEQUENCE {
n-SB 1 Typical configuration in real network
hoppingMode interSubFrame Typical configuration in real network
pusch-HoppingOffset Refer tosub clause 4.6.8
Channel-bandwidth-dependent parameter
enable64QAM FALSE
}
ul-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH SEQUENCE {
groupHoppingEnabled TRUE In accordance with “the RAN5 LTE UE Feature list”.
groupAssignmentPUSCH 0 Typical value in real network
sequenceHoppingEnabled FALSE In accordance with “the RAN5 LTE UE Feature list”.
cyclicShift 0
}
}
10.1.33. PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Table 10-35: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 273
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
betaOffset-ACK-Index 9
betaOffset-RI-Index 6
betaOffset-CQI-Index 6
}
10.1.34. RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Table 10-36: RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
preambleInfo SEQUENCE {
numberOfRA-Preambles n52 Assuming the number of dedicated preambles is 12.
preamblesGroupAConfigSEQUENCE {}
Not present
}
powerRampingParameters SEQUENCE {
powerRampingStep dB2
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower dBm-104 (default)
Thermal noise = -113 dBm
NF = 5 dB
IoT = 6 dB
Required SNR = -8 dB (Refer to Table 8.4.2-1 in TS 36.104 [30])
-> -110 dB
(default value is acceptable)
}
ra-SupervisionInfo SEQUENCE {
274 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
preambleTransMax n6 Under the condition of Case 1 in RAN1 simulation assumptions, an UE with pathloss of CDF = 90% reaches the maximum transmit power in 4 successive retransmissions.
6 has been selected considering the margin of 2.
ra-ResponseWindowSize sf10 The maximum value is preferable.
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer sf48 Allows for a sufficient number of msg3 retransmissions.
}
maxHARQ-Msg3Tx 4 Under the condition of Target SIR = 2 dB, the probability of 2 transmissions is less than 1%. 4 has been selected considering the margin of 2.
}
10.1.35. SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Table 10-37: SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
setup SEQUENCE {
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 275
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
-srs-BandwidthConfig Refer tosub clause 4.6.8
Channel-bandwidth-dependent parameter
srs-SubframeConfig sc0 Assuming SRS density is high.Refer to Table 5.5.3.3-1 in TS 36.211.
FDD
sc4 Assuming SRS density is high.
Refer to Table 5.5.3.3-2 in TS 36.211.
TDD
ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission
TRUE Typical value in real network
srs-MaxUpPts Not Present
}
}
10.1.36. Combinations of System Information Blocks
Table 10-38: Combinations of System Information Blocks
System Information Block Type
Combination No. SIB2 SIB3 SIB4 SIB5 SIB6 SIB7 SIB8 SIB9 SIB10
SIB11
SIB13
1 X X
2 X X X
3 X X X
4 X X X
5 X X X
6 X X X
7 X X X X
8 X X X X
9 X X X X
10 X X X X
10a X X X X X
11 X X X X X
12 X X X X
276 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
System Information Block Type
13 X X X X X
14 X X X X X
15 X X
16 X X X X
Combination 1 is the default combination which applies to the following test case scenarios:
• E-UTRA FDD single cell scenario
• E-UTRA TDD single cell scenario
• E-UTRA FDD intra-frequency multi cell scenario
• E-UTRA TDD intra-frequency multi cell scenario
• E-UTRA FDD + E-UTRA TDD dual mode multi cell in different PLMN scenario
NOTE: Different PLMN scenarios are intended for Roaming Scenarios only. Handover and Cell Reselection scenario configurations are FFS.
Combination 2 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• E-UTRA FDD intra-frequency multi cell scenario with neighboring cell related information
• E-UTRA TDD intra-frequency multi cell scenario with neighboring cell related information
Combination 3 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• E-UTRA FDD inter-frequency multi cell scenario
• E-UTRA TDD inter-frequency multi cell scenario
• E-UTRA FDD inter-band multi cell scenario
• E-UTRA TDD inter-band multi cell scenario
• E-UTRA FDD + E-UTRA TDD dual mode multi cell in single PLMN scenario
NOTE: Single PLMN scenarios are intended for Roaming Scenarios only. Handover and Cell Reselection scenario configurations are FFS.
Combination 4 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA FDD + UTRA FDD multi cell scenario
• 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA TDD + UTRA LCR TDD multi cell scenario
• 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA TDD + UTRA FDD multi cell scenario
Combination 5 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA FDD + GERAN multi cell scenario
• 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA TDD + GERAN multi cell scenario
Chapter Ten: Appendix C | 277
Combination 6 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• 3GPP2 inter-RAT E-UTRA FDD + HRPD multi cell scenario
• 3GPP2 inter-RAT E-UTRA TDD + HRPD multi cell scenario
• 3GPP2 inter-RAT E-UTRA FDD + 1xRTT multi cell scenario
• 3GPP2 inter-RAT E-UTRA TDD + 1xRTT multi cell scenario
NOTE: 3GPP2 Inter-RAT multi cell scenarios with E-UTRA + HRPD + 1xRTT are FFS.
Combination 7 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• E-UTRA FDD + home eNB multi cell scenario
• E-UTRA TDD + home eNB multi cell scenario
Combination 8 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• E-UTRA FDD ETWS single cell scenario
• E-UTRA TDD ETWS single cell scenario
Combination 9 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• E-UTRA FDD inter-frequency + 3GPP inter-RAT UTRA multi-cell scenario
• E-UTRA TDD inter-frequency + 3GPP inter-RAT UTRA multi-cell scenario
Combination 10 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA FDD + UTRA FDD + GERAN multi cell scenario
• 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA TDD + UTRA LCR TDD + GERAN multi cell scenario.
Combination 10a applies to the following test case scenarios:
• E-UTRA FDD inter-frequency+ 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA FDD + UTRA FDD + GERAN multi cell scenario
• E-UTRA TDD inter-frequency + 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA TDD + UTRA LCR TDD + GERAN multi cell scenario
Combination 11 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA FDD + UTRA FDD + home eNB multi cell scenario
• 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA TDD + UTRA LCR TDD + home eNB multi cell scenario
Combination 12 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• E-UTRA FDD inter-frequency + GERAN cell scenario
• E-UTRA TDD inter-frequency + GERAN cell scenario
Combination 13 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• E-UTRA FDD inter-frequency + home eNB
• E-UTRA TDD inter-frequency + home eNB
Combination 14 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA FDD + GERAN + home eNB multi cell scenario
278 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
• 3GPP inter-RAT E-UTRA TDD + GERAN + home eNB multi cell scenario
Combination 15 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• 3GPP E-UTRA FDD + MBMS
• 3GPP E-UTRA TDD + MBMS
Combination 16 applies to the following test case scenarios:
• 3GPP E-UTRA FDD + MBMS
• 3GPP E-UTRA TDD + MBMS
Scheduling for combination 1
Table 10-39: Scheduling for Combination 1
Scheduling Information No. Periodicity
[radio frames]
Mapping of System Information Blocks
1 16 SIB2
2 Refer to sub clause 4.4.3.4 SIB3
11. Appendix D
11.1. Contents of EMM Messages
11.1.1. ATTACH ACCEPT
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-1: ATTACH ACCEPT
Information Element
Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator
EMM
Security header type
'0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Attach accept message identity
'01000010'B Attach accept
EPS attach result '0001'B EPS only EPS_only
'0010'B combined EPS/IMSI attach
combined_EPS_IMSI
Spare half octet '0000'B
T3412 value
Timer value '0 0000'B
Unit '111'B value indicates that the timer is deactivated.
TAI list
Length of tracking area identity list contents
'0000 0110'B 6 octets
Partial tracking area identity list 1
Number of elements
'0 0000'B 1 element
Type of list '00'B list of TACs belonging to one PLMN, with non-
280 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element
Value/Remark Comment Condition
consecutive TAC values
MCC Refer to Table 6-10. For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
MNC Refer to Table 6-10. For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
TAC 1 Refer to Table 6-10. For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
ESM message container
ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message to activate the default bearer
GUTI
Length of EPS mobile identity contents
'0000 1011'B 11 octets
Type of identity '110'B GUTI
Odd/even indication
'0'B even number of identity digits and also when the GUTI is used
MCC Refer to Table 6-10. For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
MNC Refer to Table 6-10. For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
MME Group ID Refer to Table 6-10. For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
MME Code Refer to Table 6-10. For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
M-TMSI Refer to Table 6-10. For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
Location area identification
Not present EPS_only
Location area identification
combined_EPS_IMSI
MCC MCC of the EUTRA cell from which this message is sent
MNC MCC of the EUTRA cell from which this message
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 281
Information Element
Value/Remark Comment Condition
is sent
LAC 1
MS identity Not present EPS_only
MS identity combined_EPS_IMSI
Length of mobile identity contents
'0000 0101'B 5 octets
Type of identity '100'B TMSI/P-TMSI/M-TMSI
Odd/even indication
'0'B even number of identity digits and also when the TMSI/P-TMSI or TMGI and optional MBMS Session Identity is used
TMSI TMSI-1
EMM cause Not present
T3402 value Not present
T3423 value Not present
Equivalent PLMNs
Not present
Emergency number list
Not present
EPS network feature support
'0000 0001'B IMS voice over PS session in S1 mode supported
EPS network feature support
'0000 0011'B IMS voice over PS session in S1 mode supported, emergency bearer services in S1 mode supported
Rel-9
Additional update result
Not present
Additional update result
‘10’ B “SMS only” additional_update_result_SMS
Condition Explanation
EPS_only This condition applies if the UE is configured to initiate EPS attach or if explicitly specified.
combined_EPS_IMSI This condition applies if the UE is configured to initiate combined EPS/IMSI attach or if explicitly specified.
282 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Condition Explanation
additional_update_result_SMS If the UE requested “SMS only” in the Additional update type IE and combined_EPS_IMSI condition applies
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.2. -ATTACH COMPLETE
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-2: ATTACH COMPLETE
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Attach complete message identity
'01000011'B Attach complete
ESM message container
ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message
NOTE: This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.3. ATTACH REJECT
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-3: ATTACH REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Attach reject message identity
'01000100'B Attach reject
EMM cause Set according to specific message content.
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 283
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
ESM message container
Set according to specific message content.
NOTE: If this message includes the EMM cause set to #25, it is sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message. Otherwise this message is sent without integrity protection.
11.1.4. ATTACH REQUEST
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-4: ATTACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Attach request message identity
'01000001'B Attach request
EPS attach type '0001'B EPS attach EPS_only
'0010'B combined EPS/IMSI attach
combined_EPS_IMSI
NAS key set identifier Any allowed value
Old GUTI or IMSI Any allowed value
UE network capability Any allowed value
ESM message container
PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message to request PDN connectivity to the default PDN
Old P-TMSI signature Not present or any allowed value
Additional GUTI Not present or any allowed value
Last visited registered TAI
Not present or any allowed value
DRX parameter Not present or any allowed value
284 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
MS network capability Not present or any allowed value
Old location area identification
Not present or any allowed value
TMSI status Not present or any allowed value
Mobile station classmark 2
Not present or any allowed value
Mobile station classmark 3
Not present or any allowed value
Supported Codecs Not present or any allowed value
Additional update type
Not present EPS_only
Additional update type
Not present or any allowed value
combined_EPS_IMSI
Condition Explanation
EPS_only Refer to the definition in Table 7-5.
combined_EPS_IMSI Refer to the definition in Table 7-5.
NOTE: This message is sent integrity protected when a valid security context exists and without integrity protection otherwise.
11.1.5. AUTHENTICATION FAILURE
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-5: AUTHENTICATION FAILURE
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Authentication failuremessage type
'01011100'B Authentication failure
EMM cause '0001 0100'B Mac failure
Authentication failure parameter
Not present Refer to TS24.301[28] sub clause8.2.5.2
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 285
NOTE:The security protection of this message is the same as the previous AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message.
11.1.6. AUTHENTICATION REJECT
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-6: AUTHENTICATION REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Authentication reject message type
'01010100'B Authentication reject
NOTE: This message is sent without integrity protection..
11.1.7. AUTHENTICATION REQUEST
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-7: AUTHENTICATION REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Authentication request message type
'01010010'B Authentication request
NAS key set identifierASME
NAS key set identifier An arbitrarily selected value between '000'B and '110'B, different from the valid NAS key set identifier of the UE if such a value exists.
TSC '0'B native security context (for KSIASME)
Spare half octet '0000'B
286 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Authentication parameter RAND (EPS challenge)
An arbitrarily selected 128 bits value
Authentication parameter AUTN (EPS challenge)
Refer to TS24.301 [28] sub clause 9.9.3.2.
NOTE:Within a test execution this message is sent without integrity protection before NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed; and sent integrity protected and ciphered within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message after NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed. Network does not maintain information for NAS security mode control procedure after a TC is completed.
11.1.8. AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-8: AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Authentication response message type
'01010011'B Authentication response
Authentication response parameter
Refer to TS24.301 [28] sub clause 9.9.3.4
NOTE:When sent in response to an AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message which is not integrity protected and not ciphered, the AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message may be sent integrity protected when a valid security context exists and without integrity protection otherwise.
11.1.9. CS SERVICE NOTIfICATION
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-9: CS SERVICE NOTIFICATION
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 287
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
CS service notification message identity
'01100100'B CS Service notification
Paging identity ‘1’B TMSI
CLI Not present
Network Code Not present
LCS indicator Not present
LCS client identity Not present
NOTE: This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.10. DETACH ACCEPT(UE originating detach)
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-10: DETACH ACCEPT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Detach accept message identity
'01000110'B Detach accept
NOTE: This message is sent using the same security protection as in the previous DETACH REQUEST message received from the UE.
11.1.11. DETACH ACCEPT(UE terminated detach)
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-11: DETACH ACCEPT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Detach accept message identity
'01000110'B Detach accept
288 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
NOTE: This message is sent without integrity protection before NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed and sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message after NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed.
11.1.12. DETACH REQUEST(UE Originating Detach)
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-12: DETACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Detach request message identity
'01000101'B Detach request
Detach type
Type of detach '001'B EPS detach EPS_only
‘011’B combined EPS/IMSI detach
Combined_EPS_IMSI
Switch off '1'B switch off
NAS key set identifier
NAS key set identifier Thevalid NAS key set identifier.
TSC Any Value
GUTI or IMSI If the UE has a valid GUTI, set to the GUTI, otherwise set to the IMSI of the UE.
NOTE: This message is sent with integrity protection before Network has started the ciphering and integrity and ciphered protected after Network has started the ciphering.
11.1.13. DETACH REQUEST(UE terminated detach)
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-13: DETACH REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 289
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Detach request message identity
'01000101'B Detach request
Detach type Set according to specific message content.
Spare half octet '0000'B
EMM cause Set according to specific message content.
NOTE: This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.14. DOWNLINK NAS TRANSPORT
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-14: DOWNLINK NAS TRANSPORT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Downlink NAS transport message identity
'01100010'B Downlink NAS transport
NAS message container
Set according to specific message content
NOTE: This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.15. EMM INFORMATION
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-15: EMM INFORMATION
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
290 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
EMM information message identity
'01100001'B EMM information
Full name for network Set according to specific message content.
Short name for network
Set according to specific message content.
Local time zone Set according to specific message content.
Universal time and local time zone
Set according to specific message content.
Network daylight saving time
Set according to specific message content.
NOTE: This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 291
11.1.16. EMM STATUS
This message is sent by the UE or by the Network.
Table 11-16: EMM STATUS
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
EMM status message identity
'01100000'B EMM status
EMM cause Set according to specific message content.
NOTE: This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.17. EXTENDED SERVICE REQUEST
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-17: EXTENDED SERVICE REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Extended service request message identity
'0100 1100'B Extended service request
Service type '0001'B mobile terminating CS fallback or 1xCS fallback
NAS key set identifier
NAS key set identifier Thevalid NAS key set identifier.
TSC '0'B native security context (for KSIASME)
M-TMSI If the UE has a valid M-TMSI, set to the M-TMSI, otherwise set to the IMSI of the UE.
292 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
CSFB response ’001’B CS fallback accepted by the UE
NOTE: This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.18. GUTI REALLOCATION COMMAND
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-18: GUTI REALLOCATION COMMAND
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
GUTI reallocation command message identity
'01010000'B GUTI reallocation command
GUTI Set according to specific message content.
TAI list Set according to specific message content.
NOTE: This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.19. GUTI REALLOCATION COMPLETE
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-19: GUTI REALLOCATION COMPLETE
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
GUTI reallocation complete message identity
'01010001'B GUTI reallocation complete
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 293
NOTE: This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.20. IDENTITY REQUEST
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-20: IDENTITY REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Identity request message identity
'01010101'B Identity request
Identity type '0001'B IMSI
Spare half octet '0000'B
NOTE:This message is sent without integrity protection before NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed and sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message after NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed.
11.1.21. IDENTITY RESPONSE
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-21: IDENTITY RESPONSE
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Identity response message
'01010110'B Identity response
Mobile identity IMSI of the UE
NOTE: This message is sent without integrity protection before NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed and sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message after NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed.
294 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
11.1.22. SECURITY MODE COMMAND
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-22: SECURITY MODE COMMAND
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Security mode command message identity
'01011101'B Security mode command
Selected NAS security algorithms
Type of integrity protection algorithm
Set according to PIXIT parameter for default integrity protection algorithm [FFS]
Type of ciphering algorithm
Set according to PIXIT parameter for default ciphering algorithm [FFS]
NAS key set identifier
NAS key set identifier Thevalid NAS key set identifier.
TSC '0'B native security context (for KSIASME)
Spare half octet '0000'B
Replayed UE security capabilities
Set according to thereceived UE security capabilities
IMEISV request Not present
Replayed nonceUE Not present
NonceMME Not present
NOTE: This message is always sent integrity protected with new EPS security context.
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 295
11.1.23. SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-23: SECURITY MODE COMPLETE
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Security mode complete message identity
'01011110'B Security mode complete
IMEISV Not present
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message with new EPS security context.
11.1.24. SECURITY MODE REJECT
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-24: SECURITY MODE REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Security mode reject message identity
'01011111'B Security mode reject
EMM cause The value is set according to specific message content.
NOTE:This message is sent without integrity protection before NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed and sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message after NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed.
296 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
11.1.25. SERVICE REJECT
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-25: SERVICE REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Service reject message identity
'01001110'B Service reject
EMM cause Set according to specific message content.
T3442 value Not present
NOTE:If this message includes the EMM cause set to #25, it is sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message. Otherwise this message is sent without integrity protection.
11.1.26. SERVICE REQUEST
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-26: SERVICE REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '1100'B Security header for the SERVICE REQUEST message
KSI and sequence number
Sequence number (short)
The 5 least significant bits of the NAS COUNT value applicable when this message is sent for sequence number.
KSI The effective KSI value.
Message authentication code
The 2 least significant octets of the resulting
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 297
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
(short) message authentication code
11.1.27. TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-27: TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT
Information Element
Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator
EMM
Security header type
'0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Tracking area update accept message identity
'01001001'B Tracking area update accept
EPS update result
'0000'B TA updated TA_only
'0001'B combined TA/LA updated
combined_TA_LA
Spare half octet '0000'B
T3412 value Not present Periodic
T3412 value
Timer value '0 0000'B
Unit '111'B value indicates that the timer is deactivated.
GUTI
Length of EPS mobile identity contents
'0000 1011'B 11 octets
Type of identity '110'B GUTI
Odd/even indication
'0'B even number of identity digits and also when the GUTI is used
298 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element
Value/Remark Comment Condition
MCC Refer to Table 6-10.
For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
MNC Refer to Table 6-10.
For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
MME Group ID Refer to Table 6-10.
For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
MME Code Refer to Table 6-10.
For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
M-TMSI Refer to Table 6-10.
For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
TAI list
Length of tracking area identity list contents
'0000 0110'B 6 octets
Partial tracking area identity list 1
Number of elements
'0 0000'B 1 element
Type of list '00'B list of TACs belonging to one PLMN, with non-consecutive TAC values
MCC Refer to Table 6-10.
For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
MNC Refer to Table 6-10.
For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
TAC 1 Refer to Table 6-10.
For NAS test cases, refer to Table 6-11.
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 299
Information Element
Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS bearer context status
The same value as the value set in TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message
Location area identification
Not present TA_only
Location area identification
combined_TA_LA
MCC MCC of the EUTRA cell from which this message is sent
MNC MCC of the EUTRA cell from which this message is sent
LAC 1
MS identity Not present TA_only
MS identity combined_TA_LA
Length of mobile identity contents
'0000 0101'B 5 octets
Type of identity '100'B TMSI/P-TMSI/M-TMSI
Odd/even indication
'0'B even number of identity digits and also when the TMSI/P-TMSI or TMGI and optional MBMS Session Identity is used
TMSI TMSI-1
EMM cause Not present
T3402 value Not present
T3423 value Not present
Equivalent PLMNs
Not present
300 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element
Value/Remark Comment Condition
Emergency number list
Not present
EPS network feature support
0000 0001'B IMS voice over PS session in S1 mode supported
Additional update result
Not present
Additional update result
‘10’ B “SMS only” TAU_additional_update_result_SMS
Condition Explanation
TA_only This condition applies if the UE is configured to initiate EPS attach or if explicitly specified.
combined_TA_LA This condition applies if the UE is configured to initiate combined EPS/IMSI attach or if explicitly specified.
Periodic This condition applies if in the last TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST sent prior to this message, the EPS update type Value = '011'B (periodic updating).
TAU_additional_update_result_SMS If the UE requested “SMS only” in the Additional update type IE and combined_TA_LA.
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.28. TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-28: TRACKING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Tracking area update complete message identity
'01001010'B Tracking area update complete
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 301
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.29. TRACKING AREA UPDATE REJECT
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 11-29: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Tracking area update rejectmessage identity
'01001011'B Tracking area update reject
EMM cause Set according to specific message content.
NOTE:If this message includes the EMM cause set to #25, it is sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message. Otherwise this message is sent without integrity protection.
11.1.30. TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-30: TRACKING AREA UPDATE REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Tracking area update request message identity
'01001000'B Tracking area update request
EPS update type
EPS update typeValue '000'B TA updating TA_only
'001'B Combined TA/LA updating
combined_TA_LA
“Active” flag '0'B No bearer
302 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
establishment requested
NAS key set identifier
NAS key set identifier Thevalid NAS key set identifier of the UE
TSC '0'B native security context (for KSIASME)
Old GUTI Any allowed value
Non-current native NAS key set identifier
Not present
GPRS ciphering key sequence number
Not present
Old P-TMSI signature Not present
Additional GUTI Not present
NonceUE Not present
UE network capability Not present or any allowed value
Last visited registered TAI
Not present or any allowed value
DRX parameter Not present TA_only
DRX parameter Not present or any allowed value
combined_TA_LA
UE radio capability information update needed
Not present or any allowed value
EPS bearer context status
Not present or (octet 3 = '00100000'B and octet 4 = '00000000'B)
MS network capability Not present or any allowed value
Old location area identification
Not present or any allowed value
TMSI status Not present or any allowed value
Mobile station classmark 2
Not present or any allowed value
Mobile station classmark 3
Not present or any allowed value
Chapter Eleven: Appendix D | 303
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Supported Codecs Not present or any allowed value
Additional update type
Not present TA_only
Additional update type
Not present or any allowed value
combined_TA_LA
Condition Explanation
TA_only Refer to the definition in Table 7-31.
combined_TA_LA Refer to the definition in Table 7-31.
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
11.1.31. UPLINK NAS TRANSPORT
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 11-31: UPLINK NAS TRANSPORT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator EMM
Security header type '0000'B Plain NAS message, not security protected
Uplink NAS transport message identity
'0100 0011'B Uplink NAS transport
NAS message container
Set according to specific message content
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12. Appendix E
12.1. Contents of ESM Messages
12.1.1. ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 12-1: ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity The same value as the value set in ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message
Procedure Transaction Identity
'0000 0000'B No procedure transaction identity assigned
Activate dedicated EPS bearer context accept message identity
'11000110'B Activate dedicated EPS bearer context accept
Protocol configuration options
Not present or any allowed value
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.2. ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REJECT
This message is sent by UE to the Network.
Table 12-2: ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity The same value as the value set in ACTIVATE
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 305
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message.
Procedure Transaction Identity
'0000 0000'B No procedure transaction identity assigned
Activate dedicated EPS bearer context reject message identity
'11000111'B Activate dedicated EPS bearer context reject
ESM cause The value is set according to specific message content.
Protocol configuration options
Not present
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.3. ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 12-3: ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity Arbitrarily selected value between '0101'B and '1111'B.
Procedure Transaction Identity
'0000 0000'B No procedure transaction identity assigned
NETWORK-INITIATED
The same value as the value set in BEARER RESOURCE MODIFICATION REQUEST message or BEARER RESOURCE ALLOCATION REQUEST message
UE-INITIATED
306 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Activate dedicated EPS bearer context request message identity
'11000101'B Activate dedicated EPS bearer context request
Linked EPS Bearer Identity
The EPS Bearer Identity of the associated default bearer
Spare half octet '0000'B
EPS QoS Refer toReference dedicated EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1.
TFT Refer toReference dedicated EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1.
Transaction identifier Not present
Distinct value between 0 and 127 calculated on basis of the EPS Bearer Identity.
pc_UTRAN AND/OR pc_GERAN
Negotiated QoS Refer toReference dedicated EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1.
Negotiated LLC SAPI Refer toReference dedicated EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1.
Radio priority Refer toReference dedicated EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1.
Packet flow Identifier Not present
'0000 0000'B Best Effort pc_GERAN
Protocol configuration options
Refer toReference dedicated EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1.
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 307
Condition Explanation
NETWORK-INITIATED Network initiated ESM procedures
UE-INITIATED UE initiated ESM procedures
12.1.4. ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 12-4: ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity The same value as the value set in ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message
Procedure Transaction Identity
'0000 0000'B No procedure transaction identity assigned
Activate default EPS bearer context accept message identity
'11000010'B Activate default EPS bearer context accept
Protocol configuration options
Not present or any allowed value
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.5. ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REJECT
This message is sent by UE to the Network.
Table 12-5: ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity The same value as the value set in ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message.
308 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Procedure Transaction Identity
'0000 0000'B No procedure transaction identity assigned
Activate default EPS bearer context reject message identity
'11000011'B Activate default EPS bearer context reject
ESM cause The value is set according to specific message content.
Protocol configuration options
Not present
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.6. ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 12-6: ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element
Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator
ESM
EPS Bearer Identity
An arbitrarily selected value between '0101'B and '1111'B.
Procedure Transaction Identity
The same value as the value set in the latest PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message sent prior to this message.
Activate default EPS bearer context request message identity
'11000001'B Activate default EPS bearer context request
EPS QoS Refer to the default EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1. NOT IMS APN
EPS QoS Refer to the default EPS bearer context #2 in Table 8-1. IMS APN
Access Point Name
The Network defines a Default APN or, if the UE transmits an ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE message providing an APN, the Network shall use this value
NOT IMS APN
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 309
Information Element
Value/Remark Comment Condition
Access Point Name
IMS.apn.epc.mnc<MNC>.mcc<MCC>.3gppnetwork.org
The <MNC> and<MCC> are set to the same values as in IMSI.
IMS APN
PDN address IPv4
Length of PDN address contents
5 octets
PDN type value ‘001’B IPv4
PDN address information
IPv4 address The Network provides a valid IPv4 address
NOT IPv4-DHCP
0.0.0.0 DHCPv4 is to be used to allocate the IPv4 address
IPv4-DHCP
PDN address IPv6
Length of PDN address contents
9 octets
PDN type value ‘010’B IPv6
PDN address information
IPv6 interface identifier The Network provides a valid IPv6 interface identifier
PDN address IPv4v6
Length of PDN address contents
13 octets
PDN type value ‘011’B IPv4v6
PDN address information (Octets 4 to 11)
IPv6 interface identifier The Network provides a valid IPv6 interface identifier
PDN address information (Octets 12 to 15)
IPv4 address The Network provides a valid IPv4 address
NOT IPv4-DHCP
0.0.0.0 DHCPv4 is to be used to allocate the IPv4 address
IPv4-DHCP
310 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element
Value/Remark Comment Condition
Transaction identifier
Not present
Distinct value between 0 and 127 calculated on basis of the EPS Bearer Identity.
pc_UTRAN AND/OR pc_GERAN
Negotiated QoS
Refer toReference default EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1.
Negotiated LLC SAPI
Refer toReference default EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1.
Radio priority Refer toReference default EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1.
Packet flow Identifier
Not present
'0000 0000'B Best Effort pc_GERAN
APN-AMBR Refer toReference default EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1.
ESM cause Not present
Protocol configuration options
Configuration protocol
Refer toReference default EPS bearer context #1 in Table 8-1.
Container ID 1 ‘0001’H P-CSCF IPv6
Length of container ID 1 contents
Length value determined by the TTCN implementation
Container ID 1 contents
IPv6 address P-CSCF IPv6 Address
Container ID 1 ‘000C’H P-CSCF IPv4
Length of container ID 1 contents
Length value determined by the TTCN implementation
Container ID 1 contents
IPv4 address P-CSCF IPv4 Address
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 311
Condition Explanation
IPv4 If in the last PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST sent prior to this message, the PDN type = '001'B
IPv6 If in the last PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST sent prior to this message, the PDN type = '010'B
IPv4v6 If in the last PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST sent prior to this message, the PDN type = '011'B
IPv4-DHCP If in the last PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST sent prior to this message, the IE Protocol configuration options contains a configuration protocol option = '000B00H' (“IPv4 address allocation via DHCPv4”, length of contents = 0).
Note: This condition is used in conjunction with IPv4 or IPv4v6 as indicated in the “PDN address row” just above.
P-CSCF IPv6 If in the last PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST sent prior to this message, the Protocol configuration options and the additional parameter list was included with a “P-CSCF IPv6 Address Request”
Note: This condition is only applicable for UEs with IMS support (TS 36.523-2 A.4.4-1/25).
P-CSCF IPv4 If in the last PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST sent prior to this message, the Protocol configuration options and the additional parameter list was included with a “P-CSCF IPv4 Address Request”
Note: This condition is only applicable for UEs with IMS support (TS 36.523-2 A.4.4-1/25).
IMS APN If the UE indicate IMS support (TS 36.523-2 A.4.4-1/25).
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.7. BEARER RESOURCE ALLOCATION REJECT
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 12-7: BEARER RESOURCE ALLOCATION REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
312 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity '0000'B No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Procedure Transaction Identity
The value indicated in BEARER RESOURCE ALLOCATION REQUEST message.
Bearer resource allocation reject message identity
'11010101'B Bearer resource allocation reject
ESM cause Set according to specific message content.
Protocol configuration options
Not present
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.8. BEARER RESOURCE ALLOCATION REQUEST
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 12-8: BEARER RESOURCE ALLOCATION REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity '0000'B No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Procedure Transaction Identity
Any value from 1 to 254
Bearer resource allocation request message identity
'11010100'B Bearer resource allocation request
Linked EPS Bearer Identity
The EPS Bearer Identity of the associated default bearer.
Spare half octet '0000'B
Traffic flow aggregate
Number of packet Greater than 0 and
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 313
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
filters less than or equal to 16
E bit Anyallowed value
TFT operation code '001'B Create new TFT
Packet filter list Anyallowed value
Parameters list Not present or anyallowed value
Required traffic flow QoS
Any allowed value
Protocol configuration options
Not present or any allowed value
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.9. BEARER RESOURCE MODIFICATION REJECT
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 12-9: BEARER RESOURCE MODIFICATION REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity '0000'B No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Procedure Transaction Identity
The value indicated in BEARER RESOURCE MODIFICATION REQUEST message.
Bearer resource modification reject message identity
'11010111'B Bearer resource modification reject
ESM cause Set according to specific message content.
Protocol configuration options
Not present
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
314 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
12.1.10. BEARER RESOURCE MODIFICATION REQUEST
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 12-10: BEARER RESOURCE MODIFICATION REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity '0000'B No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Procedure Transaction Identity
Any value from 1 to 254
Bearer resource modification request message identity
'11010110'B Bearer resource modification request
EPS Bearer Identity for packet filter
The EPS Bearer Identity of the associated dedicated EPS bearer related with packet filter.
Spare half octet '0000'B
Traffic flow aggregate Anyallowed value
Traffic flow aggregate RELEASE-REQUESTED
Number of packet filters
Greater than 0 and less than or equal to 16
E bit Anyallowed value
TFT operation code '101'B Delete packet filters from existing TFT
Packet filter list Anyallowed value
Parameters list Not present or anyallowed value
Required traffic flow QoS
Not present or any allowed value
ESM cause Not present
'0010 0100'B Regular deactivation RELEASE-REQUESTED
Condition Explanation
RELEASE-REQUESTED UE requeststhe release of bearer resources.
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 315
MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.11. DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 12-11: DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity The same value as the value set in DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message.
Procedure Transaction Identity
'00000000'B No procedure transaction identity assigned
Deactivate EPS bearer context accept message identity
'11001110'B Deactivate EPS bearer context accept
Protocol configuration options
Not present
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
316 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
12.1.12. DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 12-12: DEACTIVATE EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity Set according to specific message content.
Procedure Transaction Identity
'00000000'B No procedure transaction identity assigned
NETWORK-INITIATED
The same value as the value set in PDN DISCONNECT REQUEST message or BEARER RESOURCE MODIFICATION REQUEST message.
UE-INITIATED
Deactivate EPS bearer context request message identity
'11001101'B Deactivate EPS bearer context request
ESM cause Set according to specific message content.
Protocol configuration options
Not present
Condition Explanation
NETWORK-INITIATED Network initiated ESM procedures
UE-INITIATED UE initiated ESM procedures
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 317
12.1.13. ESM INFORMATION REQUEST
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 12-13: ESM INFORMATION REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity '0000'B No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Procedure Transaction Identity
The value indicated in PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message.
ESM information request message identity
'11011001'B ESM information request
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.14. ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 12-14: ESM INFORMATION RESPONSE
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity '0000'B No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Procedure Transaction Identity
The same value as the value set inESM INFORMATION REQUEST message.
ESM information response message identity
'11011010'B ESM information response
Access Point Name Not present or any allowed value
Protocol configuration options
Not present or any allowed value
318 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.15. ESM STATUS
This message is sent by the UE or by the Network.
Table 12-15: ESM STATUS
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity Set according to specific message content.
Procedure Transaction Identity
'00000000'B No procedure transaction identity assigned
ESM status message identity
'11101000'B ESM status
ESM cause Set according to specific message content.
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.16. MODIFY EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 12-16: MODIFY EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity The same value as the value set in MODIFY EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message.
Procedure Transaction Identity
'00000000'B No procedure transaction identity assigned
Modify EPS bearer context accept message identity
'11001010'B Modify EPS bearer context accept
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 319
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol configuration options
Not present
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.17. MODIFY EPS BEARER CONTEXT REJECT
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 12-17: MODIFY EPS BEARER CONTEXT REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity The same value as the value set in MODIFY EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message.
Procedure Transaction Identity
'00000000'B No procedure transaction identity assigned
Modify EPS bearer context reject message identity
'11001011'B Modify EPS bearer context reject
ESM cause The value is set according to specific message content.
Protocol configuration options
Not present
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.18. MODIFY EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 12-18: MODIFY EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
320 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity Set according to specific message content.
Procedure Transaction Identity
'00000000'B No procedure transaction identity assigned
NETWORK-INITIATED
The same value as the value set in BEARER RESOURCE MODIFICATION REQUEST messageor BEARER RESOURCE ALLOCATION REQUEST message.
UE-INITIATED
Modify EPS bearer context request message identity
'11001001'B Modify EPS bearer context request
New EPS QoS Use the same value as used in Activate EPSBearer Context Request message
TFT According to reference dedicated EPS bearer context #2except for TFT operation code which is set to ‘100’B and TFT identifier is set to ‘00110000’B..
New QoS Not Present.
Negotiated LLC SAPI Not Present.
Radio priority Not Present.
Packet flow Identifier Not Present.
'0000 0000'B Best Effort pc_GERAN
APN-AMBR Not Present.
Protocol configuration options
Not present
Condition Explanation
NETWORK-INITIATED Network initiated ESM procedures
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 321
Condition Explanation
UE-INITIATED UE initiated ESM procedures
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.19. PDN CONNECTIVITY REJECT
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 12-19: PDN CONNECTIVITY REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity '0000'B No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Procedure Transaction Identity
The same value as the value set in PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message.
PDN connectivity reject message identity
'11010001'B PDN connectivity reject
ESM cause The value is set according to specific message content.
Protocol configuration options
Not present
NOTE:This message is sent without integrity protection before NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed and sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message after NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed.
12.1.20. PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 12-20: PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
322 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
EPS Bearer Identity '0000'B No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Procedure Transaction Identity
Any value from 1 to 254
PDN connectivity request message identity
'11010000'B PDN connectivity request
Request type '0001'B initial request
PDN type Any value between '001'B, '010'B, '011'B and '100'B
The allowed values are respectively IPv4, IPv6, IPv4v6 and “unused but interpreted as IPv6 by the network”
ESM informationtransfer flag
Not present or any allowed value
Access Point Name Not present The value is mandatory when the PDN CONNECTIVITY REQUEST message is sent together with an ATTACH REQUEST message.
Protocol configuration options
Not present or any allowed value
The value received from the UE does not affect the possible verdict associated with the message when received by the Network. The Network shall remember if this IE is present and its contents because this affects subsequent Network behavior, e.g. coding of ACTIVATE DEFAULT EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST.
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 323
NOTE:This message is sent without integrity protection before NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed and sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message after NAS security mode control procedure has been successfully completed.
12.1.21. PDN DISCONNECT REJECT
This message is sent by the Network to the UE.
Table 12-21: PDN DISCONNECT REJECT
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity '0000'B No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Procedure Transaction Identity
The value indicated in PDN DISCONNECT REQUEST message.
PDN disconnect reject message identity
'11010011'B PDN disconnect reject
ESM cause Set according to specific message content.
Protocol configuration options
Not present
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
12.1.22. PDN DISCONNECT REQUEST
This message is sent by the UE to the Network.
Table 12-22: PDN DISCONNECT REQUEST
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
Protocol discriminator ESM
EPS Bearer Identity '0000'B No EPS Bearer Identity assigned
Procedure Transaction Identity
Any value from 1 to 254
324 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Information Element Value/Remark Comment Condition
PDN disconnect request message identity
'11010010'B PDN disconnect request
Linked EPS Bearer Identity
The EPS Bearer Identity of the associated default bearer.
Spare half octet '0000'B
Protocol configuration options
Not present
NOTE:This message is always sent within SECURITY PROTECTED NAS MENetworkAGE message.
13. Appendix F
13.1. General Parameters for Cell Configuration
Test Parameters Range
Frequency Band 4, 13, 7, 17
PDN Type IPv4, IPv6
APN InternetPDN, IMS
Authentication Parameters VZW UICC; Spirent USIM
RSTP -40 to -120 dBm
PDSCH channel Power pA = -6, 0, 3; pB = 0, 3
Transmission Mode TM1, TM2, TM3, TM4, TM6
Downlink Bandwidth 5MHz, 10 MHz, 20 Mhz
Scheduling Mode Static, Autonomous
Modulation (UL/DL) QPSK, 16QAM
14. Appendix G
14.1. Default Messages for IMS Registration Table 14-1: REGISTER
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method REGISTER
Request-URI SIP URI formed from px_HomeDomainName (when using ISIM) or
SIP URI formed from home domain name derived from px_IMSI (when no ISIM available on the UICC)
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Route (if present)
route-param A1, A3 <sip:px_pcscf;lr>
route-param A2 <sip:px_pcscf:protected server port of P-CSCF;lr>
<sip:px_scscf;lr>(optional for Re-REGISTER)
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP (when using UDP) or
SIP/2.0/TCP (when using TCP)
sent-by A1, A3 IP address or FQDN, port (optional) and not checked
sent-by A2 IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the UE
via-branch value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
response-port A1 rport
From
addr-spec A1, A2 any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM (when using ISIM) or
public user identity derived from px_IMSI (when no ISIM available on the UICC)
addr-spec
addr-spec
A3
A7
public user identity derived from px_IMSI
px_EmergencyPublicUserIdentity(if the UE is already registered to IMS or if the UE is using ISIM) or public user identity derived from px_IMSI (when UE is using USIM and UE is not yet registered to IMS)
tag must be present, value not checked
To
addr-spec A1, A2 any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM (when using ISIM) or
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 327
Header/param Cond Value/remark
public user identity derived from px_IMSI (when no ISIM available on the UICC)
addr-spec
addr-spec
A3
A7
public user identity derived from px_IMSI px_EmergencyPublicUserIdentity(if the UE is already registered to IMS or if the UE is using ISIM) or public user identity derived from px_IMSI (when UE is using USIM and UE is not yet registered to IMS)
tag must not be present
Contact
addr-spec A1, A3 SIP URI to either indicate an unprotected port selected by the UE or no port at all. When A7 the SIP URI shall contain the req-type=sos URI parameter.
addr-spec A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of UE. When A7 the SIP URI shall contain the req-type=sos URI parameter.
feature-param A4 +g.3gpp.icsi-ref="urn%3Aurn-7%3A3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel" (see NOTE 2)
feature-param A6 +g.3gpp.smsip
c-p-instance A5 +sip.instance media feature tag with the instance ID of the UE
expires
600000 (if present)
Expires (if present)
delta-seconds 600000
Require A1, A2
option-tag sec-agree
Proxy-Require A1, A2
option-tag sec-agree
Supported
option-tag A5 gruu
option-tag path
CSeq
value A1, A3 must be present, value not checked
value A2 must be incremented from the previous REGISTER
method REGISTER
Call-ID
callid value not checked
Security-Client A1, A2
mechanism- ipsec-3gpp
328 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
name
algorithm hmac-md5-96
protocol esp (if present)
mode trans (if present)
encrypt-algorithm
des-ede3-cbc or aes-cbc, if UE supports IPSec ESP confidentiality protection null or parameter not present, if the UE does not support IPSec ESP confidentiality protection
spi-c SPI number of the inbound SA at the protected client port
spi-s SPI number of the inbound SA at the protected server port
port-c protected client port
port-s protected server port
mechanism-name
ipsec-3gpp
algorithm hmac-sha-1-96
protocol esp (if present)
mode trans (if present)
encrypt-algorithm
des-ede3-cbc or aes-cbc, if UE supports IPSec ESP confidentiality protection null or parameter not present, if the UE does not support IPSec ESP confidentiality protection
spi-c SPI number of the inbound SA at the protected client port
spi-s SPI number of the inbound SA at the protected server port
port-c protected client port
port-s protected server port
Security-Verify A2 (not present when A1, A3)
sec-mechanism A2 same value as SecurityServer header sent by SS
Authorization A1
username A1 px_PrivateUserIdentity (when using ISIM) or
private user identity derived from px_IMSI (when no ISIM available on the UICC)
realm A1 px_HomeDomainName (when using ISIM) or
home domain name derived from px_IMSI (when no ISIM available on the UICC)
nonce A1 set to an empty value
digest-uri A1 SIP URI formed from px_HomeDomainName (when using ISIM) or formed from home domain name derived from px_IMSI (when no ISIM
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 329
Header/param Cond Value/remark
available on the UICC)
response A1 set to an empty value
Authorization A2
username A2 px_PrivateUserIdentity (when using ISIM) or
private user identity derived from px_IMSI (when no ISIM available on the UICC)
realm A2 same value as received in the realm directive in the WWW Authenticate header sent by SS
nonce A2 same value as in WWW-Authenticate header sent by SS
opaque A2 px_Opaque
digest-uri A2 SIP URI formed from px_HomeDomainName (when using ISIM) or formed from home domain name derived from px_IMSI (when no ISIM available on the UICC)
qop-value A2 auth
cnonce-value A2 value assigned by UE affecting the response calculation
nonce-count A2 counter to indicate how many times UE has sent the same value of nonce within successive REGISTERs, initial value shall be 1
response A2 response calculated by UE
algorithm A2 AKAv1-MD5
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
P-Access-Network-Info A2 (header optional when A1, A3)
access-net-spec A2 access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Content-Length
value length of request body, if such is present
Condition Explanation
A1 Initial unprotected REGISTER (IMS security, A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 Subsequent REGISTER sent over security associations (IMS security, A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A3 REGISTER for the case UE supports GIBA (A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A4 The UE supports IMS Multimedia Telephony (MTSI) (G.12/18 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A5 obtaining and using GRUUs in the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) (A.4/53 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A6
A7
The UE supports SM-over-IP receiver (A.12/nn 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
Initial IMS emergency registration
330 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
NOTE 1: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header. NOTE 2: The “=” may include optional linear white spaces according to the EQUAL definition in chapter 25.1, RFC 3261 [15].
Table 14-2: 401 Unauthorized for REGISTER
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 401
Reason-Phrase Unauthorized
Via
via-parm same value as received in REGISTER message
To
addr-spec same value as received in REGISTER message
tag px_ToTagRegister
From
addr-spec same value as received in REGISTER message
tag same value as received in REGISTER message
Call-ID
callid same value as received in REGISTER message
CSeq
value same value as received in REGISTER message
WWW-Authenticate
realm px_HomeDomainName or home domain name derived from px_IMSI NOTE: this value could be set different by the SS (see CP-060230)
algorithm AKAv1-MD5
qop-value auth
nonce Base 64 encoding of RAND and AUTN
opaque px_Opaque
Security-Server
mechanism-name ipsec-3gpp
algorithm px_IpSecAlgorithm (hmac-md5-96 or hmac-sha-1-96)
spi-c SPI number of the inbound SA at the protected client port
spi-s SPI number of the inbound SA at the protected server port
port-c px_SSProtectedClientPort
port-s px_SSProtectedServerPort
Encrypt-algorithm des-ede3-cbc or aes-cbc, if UE supports IPSec ESP confidentiality protection
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 331
Header/param Value/remark
(px_CiphAlgo_Def)
q 0.9
Mechanism-name Ipsec-3gpp
algorithm Algorithm not selected by px_IpSecAlgorithm (hmac-sha-1-96 or hmac-md5-96)
spi-c SPI number of the inbound SA at the protected client port
spi-s SPI number of the inbound SA at the protected server port
port-c px_SSProtectedClientPort
port-s px_SSProtectedServerPort
encrypt-algorithm des-ede3-cbc or aes-cbc, if UE supports IPSec ESP confidentiality protection (px_CiphAlgo_Def)
q 0.7
Content-Length
value 0
Table 14-3: 200 OK for REGISTER
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 200
Reason-Phrase OK
Via
via-parm same value as received in REGISTER message
To
addr-spec same value as received in REGISTER message
tag px_ToTagRegister
From
addr-spec same value as received in REGISTER message
tag same value as received in REGISTER message
Call-ID
callid same value as received in REGISTER message
CSeq
value same value as received in REGISTER message
Contact
addr-spec same value as received in REGISTER message
pub-gruu A1 Public GRUU as the SIP URI got from the To header of the REGISTER request, together with the gr parameter with an
332 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
arbitrary value
temp-gruu A1 Temporary GRUU with an arbitrary value in the user part and the host part matching with the domain of the To header of the REGISTER and gr parameter without any value (temp-gruu parameter missing when A3)
expires px_RegisterExpiration
P-Associated-URI order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
addr-spec A2 all the IMPUs within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
addr-spec
A2
px_AssociatedTelUri any arbitrary TEL URI for the user
addr-spec A3 px_EmergencyPublicUserIdentity
Service-Route (header missing when A3)
addr-spec A2 px_scscf
uri-parameter lr
Path
addr-spec px_pcscf
uri-parameter lr
Content-Length
value 0
Condition Explanation
A1 obtaining and using GRUUs in the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) (A.4/53 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 Response for an non-emergency registration
A3 Response for an emergency registration
Table 14-4: SUBSCRIBE for Reg-event Package
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method SUBSCRIBE
Request-URI any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Route order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
route-param A1 <sip:px_pcscf:protected server port of P-CSCF;lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
route-param A2 <sip:px_pcscf: unprotected server port of P-CSCF (optional);lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 333
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by A1 IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the UE
sent-by A2 IP address or FQDN, port (optional) and not checked
via-branch value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag must be present, value not checked but stored for later reference
To
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag must not be present
Contact
addr-spec A1 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of UE or GRUU as returned by the SS in registration
addr-spec A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of UE or GRUU as returned by the SS in registration
Expires
delta-seconds 600000
Security-Verify A1
sec-mechanism same value as SecurityServer header sent by SS
Require A1
option-tag sec-agree
Proxy-Require A1
option-tag sec-agree
CSeq
value must be present, value not checked
method SUBSCRIBE
Call-ID
callid value not checked, but stored for later reference
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
P-Access-Network-Info A1 (header optional when A2)
access-net-spec access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Accept (if present)
media-range application/reginfo+xml
334 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Event
event-type reg
Content-Length
value length of request body, if such is present
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
NOTE: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
Table 14-5: 200 OK for SUBSCRIBE
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 200
Reason-Phrase OK
Via
via-parm same value as received in SUBSCRIBE message
To
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag px_ToTagSubscribeDialog
From
addr-spec same value as received in SUBSCRIBE message
tag same value as received in SUBSCRIBE message
Call-ID
callid same value as received in SUBSCRIBE message
CSeq
value same value as received in SUBSCRIBE message
Contact
addr-spec <sip:px_scscf>
Expires
delta-seconds 600000
Record-Route
addr-spec A1 px_pcscf: protected server port of SS
addr-spec A2 px_pcscf: unprotected server port of SS (optional)
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 335
Header/param Cond Value/remark
uri-parameter lr
Content-Length
value 0
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
NOTE: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
Table 14-6: NOTIFY for Reg-event Package
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method NOTIFY
Request-URI A1 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of UE
Request-URI A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of UE
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
via-parm1:
Sent-protocol
SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by A1 IP address and protected server port of SS
sent-by A2 IP address and unprotected server port of SS (optional)
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
via-parm2:
sent-protocol
SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by px_scscf
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag px_ToTagSubscribeDialog
To
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
336 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
tag same value as received in From tag of SUBSCRIBE message
Call-ID
callid same as value received in SUBSCRIBE message
CSeq A1,A2
value 1
method NOTIFY
Contact
addr-spec <sip:px_scscf>
Content-Type
media-type application/reginfo+xml
Event A1,A2
event-type reg
Max-Forwards
value 69
Subscription-State
substate-value active
expires 600000
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Message-body A3 <?xml version=”1.0?>
<reginfo xmlns=”urn:ietf:params:xml:ns:reginfo” version=”0” state=”full”>
<registration aor=”px_PublicUserIdentity1” id=”a100” state=”active”>
<contact id=”980” state=”active” event=”registered”>
<uri>same value as in Contact header of REGISTER request</uri>
</contact>
</registration>
<registration aor=”px_AssociatedTelUri” id=”a101” state=”active”>
<contact id=”981” state=”active” event=”created”>
<uri>same value as in Contact header of REGISTER request</uri>
</contact>
</registration>
<registration aor=”px_PublicUserIdentity2” id=”a102” state=”active”>
<contact id=”982” state=”active” event=”registered”>
<uri>same value as in Contact header of REGISTER request</uri>
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 337
Header/param Cond Value/remark
</contact>
</registration>
<registration aor=”px_PublicUserIdentity3” id=”a103” state=”active”>
<contact id=”983” state=”active” event=”registered”>
<uri>same value as in Contact header of REGISTER request</uri>
</contact>
</registration>
</reginfo>
A4 <?xml version=”1.0?>
<reginfo xmlns=”urn:ietf:params:xml:ns:reginfo” xmlns:gr="urn:ietf:params:xml:ns:gruuinfo" version=”0” state=”full”>
<registration aor=”px_PublicUserIdentity1” id=”a100” state=”active”>
<contact id=”980” state=”active” event=”registered” callid="Call-Id of most recent REGISTER" cseq="CSeq value of most recent REGISTER">
<uri>same value as in Contact header of REGISTER request</uri> <allOneLine>
<unknown-param name="+sip.instance">
"Instance ID of the UE;"
</unknown-param>
</allOneLine>
<allOneLine>
<gr:pub-gruu uri="public GRUU for the UE"/>
</allOneLine>
<allOneLine>
<gr:temp-gruu uri="temporary GRUU for the UE" first-cseq="CSeq of the REGISTER request that caused the temporary GRUU to assigned for the UE"/>
</allOneLine>
</contact>
</registration>
<registration aor=”px_AssociatedTelUri” id=”a101” state=”active”>
<contact id=”981” state=”active” event=”created”>
<uri>same value as in Contact header of REGISTER request</uri>
<allOneLine>
<unknown-param name="+sip.instance">
"Instance ID of the UE;"
338 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
</unknown-param>
</allOneLine>
<allOneLine>
<gr:pub-gruu uri="public GRUU for the UE"/>
</allOneLine>
<allOneLine>
<gr:temp-gruu uri="temporary GRUU for the UE" first-cseq="CSeq of the REGISTER request that caused the temporary GRUU to assigned for the UE"/>
</allOneLine>
</contact>
</registration>
<registration aor=”px_PublicUserIdentity2” id” id=”a102” state=”active”>
<contact id=”982” state=”active” event=”registered” callid="Call-Id of most recent REGISTER" cseq="CSeq value of most recent REGISTER">
<uri>same value as in Contact header of REGISTER request</uri> <allOneLine>
<unknown-param name="+sip.instance">
"Instance ID of the UE;"
</unknown-param>
</allOneLine>
<allOneLine>
<gr:pub-gruu uri="public GRUU for the UE"/>
</allOneLine>
<allOneLine>
<gr:temp-gruu uri="temporary GRUU for the UE" first-cseq="CSeq of the REGISTER request that caused the temporary GRUU to assigned for the UE"/>
</allOneLine>
</contact>
</registration>
<registration aor=”px_PublicUserIdentity3” id” id=”a103” state=”active”>
<contact id=”983” state=”active” event=”registered” callid="Call-Id of most recent REGISTER" cseq="CSeq value of most recent REGISTER">
<uri>same value as in Contact header of REGISTER request</uri> <allOneLine>
<unknown-param name="+sip.instance">
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 339
Header/param Cond Value/remark
"Instance ID of the UE;"
</unknown-param>
</allOneLine>
<allOneLine>
<gr:pub-gruu uri="public GRUU for the UE"/>
</allOneLine>
<allOneLine>
<gr:temp-gruu uri="temporary GRUU for the UE" first-cseq="CSeq of the REGISTER request that caused the temporary GRUU to assigned for the UE"/>
</allOneLine>
</contact>
</registration>
</reginfo>
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5]
A3 NOT obtaining and using GRUUs in the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) (A.4/53 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A4 obtaining and using GRUUs in the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) (A.4/53 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
NOTE: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
Table 14-7: 423 Interval Too Brief for REGISTER
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 423
Reason-Phrase Interval Too Brief
Via
via-parm same value as received in REGISTER message
To
addr-spec same value as received in REGISTER message
tag px_ToTagRegister
From
addr-spec same value as received in REGISTER message
340 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
Call-ID
callid same value as received in REGISTER message
CSeq
value same value as received in REGISTER message
Min-Expires
delta-seconds T (a decimal integer number of seconds from 0 to
(2**32)-1)
Table 14-8: 420 Bad Extension for REGISTER
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 420
Reason-Phrase Bad Extension
Via
via-parm same value as received in REGISTER message
To
addr-spec same value as received in REGISTER message
tag px_ToTagRegister
From
addr-spec same value as received in REGISTER message
Call-ID
callid same value as received in REGISTER message
CSeq
value same value as received in REGISTER message
Unsupported
option-tag sec-agree
14.2. Default Messages for Call Setup Table 14-9: INVITE for MO Call Setup
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method INVITE
Request-URI A4 Px_CalleeUri
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 341
Header/param Cond Value/remark
px_CalleeURI may be either SIP or Tel URI. It may contain a dialstring and phone-context parameter, when calling to dialstring. When calling to dialstring SIP URI must also contain user=phone or user=dialstring parameter.
The dialstring, if used, may be global, home local number or geo-local number. For home local numbers the value of phone-context parameter must equal the home domain name i.e. px_HomeDomainName. For geo-local numbers the home domain name must be prefixed by string “geo-local.” or access technology specific prefix, if the UE supports that option.
Note: The way how the UE determines whether numbers in a non-international format are geo-local, home-local or relating to another network, is UE implementation specific. For instance the UE might have a UI setting.
Request-URI A5 px_CalleeContactUri
Request-URI A6, A7 emergency service URN beginning as urn:service:sos
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP (when using UDP) or
SIP/2.0/TCP (when using TCP)
sent-by A1, A7 IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the UE
A2 IP address or FQDN, port (optional) and not checked
A6 IP address and unprotected server port of the UE
response-port A6 rport
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
Route order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
route-param A1 <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSProtectedServerPort;lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
A2 <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSUnprotectedServerPort (optional);lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr
A6 <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSUnprotectedServerPort>
A7 <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSProtectedServerPort>
From
addr-spec A6 Any SIP URI with display name as “Anonymous”
A7 px_EmergencyPublicUserIdentity
342 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
A4 any SIP URI (except public user identity derived from px_IMSI) matching with the URI within the P-Preferred-Identity header or any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM if there is no P-Preferred-Identity header within the INVITE request
Tag A4 must be present, value not checked
addr-spec A5 local SIP URI of the UE as used in any previous request in the same dialog (In the earlier requests within the same dialog this URI appears in From header within requests sent by the UE and in To header within requests sent by the SS)
Tag A5 local tag value corresponding to the SIP URI of the UE in the same dialog. (In the earlier requests within the same dialog this tag appears in From header within requests sent by the UE and in To header within requests sent by the SS)
To
addr-spec A6, A7 emergency service URN beginning as urn:service:sos
addr-spec A4 px_CalleeUri
tag A4 not present
addr-spec A5 remote SIP URI of SS (i.e. the remote UE) as used in any previous request in the same dialog (In the earlier requests within the same dialog this URI appears in To header within requests sent by the UE and in From header within requests sent by the SS)
Tag A5 remote tag value corresponding to the SIP URI of the SS in the same dialog. (In the earlier requests within the same dialog this tag appears in To header within requests sent by the UE and in From header within requests sent by the SS)
Call-ID
Callid A4 value different to that received in REGISTER message
Callid A5 value of Call-ID as in any previous request in the same dialog
Cseq
Value A4 must be present, value not checked
Value A5 value of CSeq sent by the UE within its previous request in the same dialog but increased by one
Method INVITE
Supported
option-tag 100rel
option-tag A8 geolocation
Geolocation A8
locationURI cid-url indicating the Content-Id of the PIDF-LO within the multipart MIME body of INVITE request.
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 343
Header/param Cond Value/remark
(Note that location-by-reference URI is not allowed as the SS does not provide any external storage for location info for the UE to refer.)
inserted-param inserted-by=“ value of sent-by within the Via header”
routing-param routing-allowed=yes
Require (header optional in A2 and not present in A6)
option-tag A1, A7 sec-agree
Proxy-Require (header optional in A2 and not present in A6)
option-tag A1, A7 sec-agree
Security-Verify A1, A7 (not present in A2 or A6)
sec-mechanism same value as SecurityServer header sent by SS
Contact
addr-spec A1, A7 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of UE or GRUU as returned by the SS in registration
A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of UE or GRUU as returned by the SS in registration
A6 SIP URI with IP address and unprotected server port of UE
feature-param A6
+sip.instance="<urn:gsma:imei:<gsma-specifier-defined-substring>” where gsma-specifier-defined-substring shall be the IMEI code of the UE, coded as specified in draft-montemurro-gsma-imei-urn, without optional parameters
A3 +g.3gpp.icsi-ref="urn%3Aurn-7%3A3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel" (see NOTE 2)
Content-Type
media-type application/sdp or
multipart/mixed (when A8)
Max-Forwards
Value non-zero value
P-Access-Network-Info (header optional when A2)
access-net-spec access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Accept (header optional when A5)
Media-range A4 application/sdp,application/3gpp-ims+xml (additional medias can be added in any order)
344 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
P-Preferred-Service
Service-ID A3 urn:urn-7:3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel
P-Preferred-Identity
PPreferredID-value A7 px_EmergencyPublicUserIdentity
Accept-Contact
ac-value A3 +g.3gpp.icsi-ref="urn%3Aurn-7%3A3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel" (see NOTE 2)
Content-Length
Value length of message-body
Message-body The message body shall contain the following elements:
a) SDP offer, contents as specified within the specific test cases referring to this common message. If condition A8 applies the SDP shall be one element within the multipart-MIME encapsulation;
b) if condition A8 applies, the multipart-mime body shall also contain a PIDF-LO element be mapped to the same Content-ID which can be found from the Geolocation header
The PIDF-LO shall contain at least the following elements:
- One or more 'geopriv' elements, each containing:
- One 'location-info' element describing the location of the UE. The coordinates given in this element shall match with the related input signals given by the test environment, within the accuracy provided by the positioning method used by the UE; and
- One 'usage-rules' element describing the limitations of the usage of the location info.
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A3 UE supports MTSI (A.12/18 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A4 INVITE creating a dialog
A5 re-INVITE within a dialog
A6 INVITE for creating an emergency session in case of no registration
A7 INVITE for creating an emergency session within an emergency registration
A8 UE uses Geolocation header to provide its geographical location for emergency session setup, has obtained its location and is setting up an emergency session
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 345
NOTE 1: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header. NOTE 2: The “=” may include optional linear white spaces according to the EQUAL definition in chapter 25.1, RFC 3261 [15].
Table 14-10: 100 Trying for INVITE
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 100
Reason-Phrase Trying
Via
via-parm same value as received in INVITE message
From
addr-spec same value as received in INVITE message
tag same value as received in INVITE message
To
addr-spec same value as received in INVITE message
tag not present
Call-ID
callid same value as received in INVITE message
CSeq
value same value as received in INVITE message
Content-Length
value 0
Table 14-11: 183 Session Progress for INVITE
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 183
Reason-Phrase Session Progress
Record-Route order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
rec-route A1,A2 <sip:pcscf.other.com;lr>, <sip:scscf.other.com;lr>,<sip:orig@px_scscf;lr>, <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSProtectedServerPort;lr>
rec-route A3,A4 <sip:pcscf.other.com;lr>, <sip:scscf.other.com;lr>,<sip:orig@px_scscf;lr>, <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSUnprotectedServerPort (optional);lr>
Via
346 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
via-parm same value as received in INVITE message
Require
option-tag
100rel
From
addr-spec same value as received in INVITE message
tag same value as received in INVITE message
To
addr-spec same value as received in INVITE message
tag px_InviteToTag
P-Asserted-Identity A5 px_EmergencyTelURI
addr-spec A tel URI that can be recognized as valid emergency numbers if dialled by the user are specified in 3GPP TS 22.101 [39]. The emergency numbers 112 and 911 are stored on the ME, in accordance with 3GPP TS 22.101 [39]
uri-parameter lr
Contact
addr-spec A1, A3 px_CalleeContactUri
addr-spec A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of UE
addr-spec A4 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of UE
feature-param +g.3gpp.icsi-ref="urn%3Aurn-7%3A3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel"(see NOTE 2)
Rseq
response-num px_RSeqNumFor183
Call-ID
callid same value as received in INVITE message
CSeq
value same value as received in INVITE message
Allow
method UPDATE
Content-Type
media-type application/sdp
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 347
Condition Explanation
A1 183 sent by the SS (IMS security ,A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 183 sent by the UE (IMS security ,A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A3 183 sent by the SS (GIBA, A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A4 183 sent by the UE (GIBA, A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A5 183 sent by the SS for INVITE for creating an emergency session
NOTE 1: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
NOTE 2: The “=” may include optional linear white spaces according to the EQUAL definition in Chapter 25.1, RFC 3261 [15].
Table 14-12: PRACK
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method PRACK
Request-URI same URI value as the recipient of PRACK has earlier sent in its Contact header within the same dialog
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP (when using UDP) or
SIP/2.0/TCP (when using TCP)
sent-by same value as in INVITE message
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
Route (header missing when A3 or A4)
route-param A1, A2 URIs of the Record-Route header of 183 response (or 180 when applicable) in reverse order
From
addr-spec SIP URI of the UE when PRACK is sent by the UE, but SIP URI of the SS when PRACK is sent by the SS. URI must be the same as used for the endpoint in the earlier requests within the dialog.
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the From header
To
addr-spec SIP URI of the SS when PRACK is sent by the UE, but SIP URI of the UE when PRACK is sent by the SS. URI must be the same as used for the endpoint in the earlier requests within the dialog.
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the To header
Call-ID
callid same value as received in INVITE message
348 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
CSeq
value value as in reliable response incremented by one
method PRACK
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
RAck
response-num same value as in RSeq header of the reliable response
cseq-num same value as in CSeq of reliable response
method same value as in CSeq of reliable response
P-Access-Network-Info A1 (header optional when A2) , header missing when A3 or A4
access-net-spec
access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Content-Type header shall be present only if there is SDP in message-body
media-type application/sdp
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Message-body Optional SDP body. If included then the contents of the SDP shall be checked as described in the Test requirements section of the test case.
Condition Explanation
A1 PRACK sent by the UE (IMS security ,A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 PRACK sent by the UE (GIBA, A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A3 PRACK sent by the SS (IMS security ,A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A4 PRACK sent by the SS (GIBA, A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
Table 14-13: UPDATE
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method UPDATE
Request-URI same URI value as the recipient of UPDATE has earlier sent in its Contact header within the same dialog
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP (when using UDP) or
SIP/2.0/TCP (when using TCP)
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 349
Header/param Cond Value/remark
sent-by same value as in INVITE message
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
Route (header missing when A3 or A4)
route-param A1, A2 URIs of the Record-Route header of 183 response in reverse order
From
addr-spec SIP URI of the UE when UPDATE is sent by the UE, but SIP URI of the SS when UPDATE is sent by the SS. URI must be the same as used for the endpoint in the earlier requests within the dialog.
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the From header
To
addr-spec SIP URI of the SS when UPDATE is sent by the UE, but SIP URI of the UE when UPDATE is sent by the SS. URI must be the same as used for the endpoint in the earlier requests within the dialog.
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the To header
Call-ID
callid same value as received in INVITE message
CSeq
value value of CSeq sent by the endpoint within its previous request in the same dialog but increased by one
method UPDATE
Require (header optional in A2) , header missing when A3 or A4
option-tag A1 sec-agree
Proxy-Require (header optional in A2) , header missing when A3 or A4
option-tag A1 Sec-agree
Max-Forwards
value Non-zero value
Security-Verify A1 (header missing when A2, A3 or A4)
sec-mechanism same value as SecurityServer header sent by SS
P-Access-Network-Info A1 (header optional when A2) (header missing when A2, A3 or A4)
access-net-spec
access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Content-Type
media-type application/sdp
Content-Length
value length of message-body
350 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Message-body Contents of the SDP body shall be checked as described in the Test requirements section of the test case.
Condition Explanation
A1 UPDATE sent by the UE (IMS security ,A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 UPDATE sent by the UE (GIBA, A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A3 UPDATE sent by the SS (IMS security ,A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A4 UPDATE sent by the SS (GIBA, A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
NOTE1: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
Table 14-14: 180 Ringing for INVITE
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 180
Reason-Phrase Ringing
Record-Route
rec-route as defined for the common 183 response, see G.2.3
Via
via-parm same value as received in INVITE message
Require
option-tag
A3 100rel
From
addr-spec same value as received in INVITE message
tag same value as received in INVITE message
To
addr-spec same value as received in INVITE message
tag as defined for the common 183 response, see G.2.3
P-Asserted-Identity A4 px_EmergencyTelURI
addr-spec A tel URI that can be recognized as valid emergency numbers if dialled by the user are specified in 3GPP TS 22.101 [39]. The emergency numbers 112 and 911 are stored on the ME, in accordance with 3GPP TS 22.101 [39]
uri-parameter lr
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 351
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Contact
addr-spec as defined for the common 183 response, see G.2.3
Rseq
response-num A3 previous RSeq number sent in the same direction incremented by one
Call-ID
callid same value as received in INVITE message
CSeq
value same value as received in INVITE message
P-Access-Network-Info (header missing when A1)
access-net-spec
A2 access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Condition Explanation
A1 180 sent by the SS
A2 180 sent by the UE
A3 Response sent reliably (e.g. always when it contains an SDP body)
A4 180 sent by the SS when setting up an emergency call
Table 14-15: ACK
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method ACK
Request-URI same value as in PRACK message
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
via-parm same value as received in INVITE message
Route (header missing when A2)
route-param A1 URIs of the Record-Route header of 183, 180 or 200 response (whichever response used for INVITE to be acknowledged and contained Record-Route header) in reverse order
From
addr-spec SIP URI of the UE when BYE is sent by the UE, but SIP URI of the SS when BYE is sent by the SS. URI must be the same as used for the endpoint in the earlier requests within the dialog.
352 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the From header
To
addr-spec SIP URI of the SS when BYE is sent by the UE, but SIP URI of the UE when BYE is sent by the SS. URI must be the same as used for the endpoint in the earlier requests within the dialog.
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the To header
Call-ID
callid same value as received in INVITE message
CSeq
value same value as received in INVITE message
method ACK
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
P-Access-Network-Info must not be present
Content-Length
value 0
Condition Explanation
A1 ACK sent by the UE
A2 ACK sent by the SS
Table 14-16: BYE
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method BYE
Request-URI same URI value as the recipient of BYE has earlier sent in its Contact header within the same dialog
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP (when using UDP) or
SIP/2.0/TCP (when using TCP)
sent-by same value as in INVITE message
via-branch value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
Route (header missing when A3 or A4)
route-param A1, A2 URIs of the Record-Route header of 183 response in reverse order
From
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 353
Header/param Cond Value/remark
addr-spec SIP URI of the UE when BYE is sent by the UE, but SIP URI of the SS when BYE is sent by the SS. URI must be the same as used for the endpoint in the earlier requests within the dialog.
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the From header
To
addr-spec SIP URI of the SS when BYE is sent by the UE, but SIP URI of the UE when BYE is sent by the SS. URI must be the same as used for the endpoint in the earlier requests within the dialog.
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the To header
Call-ID
callid same value as received in INVITE message
CSeq
value value of CSeq sent by the UE within its previous request in the same dialog but increased by one
method BYE
Require (header optional in A2) , header missing when A3 or A4
option-tag A1 sec-agree
Proxy-Require (header optional in A2) , header missing when A3 or A4
option-tag A1 sec-agree
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
Security-Verify A1 (header missing when A2, A3 or A4)
sec-mechanism same value as SecurityServer header sent by SS
P-Access-Network-Info A1 (header optional in A2) , header missing when A3 or A4
access-net-spec access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Content-Length
value length of message body
Condition Explanation
A1 BYE sent by the UE (IMS security ,A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 BYE sent by the UE (GIBA, A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A3 BYE sent by the SS (IMS security ,A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A4 BYE sent by the SS (GIBA, A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
NOTE: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
354 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Table 14-17: INVITE for MT Call
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method INVITE
Request-URI A4 UE’s registered contact address in SIP URI form, as provided in the Contact header of the REGISTER message
Request-URI A5 UE’s contact address in SIP URI form, as provided in the Contact header within any response or request within the dialog
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP (when using UDP) or
SIP/2.0/TCP (when using TCP)
sent-by A1 px_pcscf:px_SSProtectedServerPort
sent-by A2 IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of the SS (optional)
via-branch
Value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
Via In addition to the via-parm entry for the SS, the following via-parm entries are included:
via-parm SIP/2.0/UDP scscf1.3gpp.org;branch=z9hG4bK1234567890, SIP/2.0/UDP scscf2.3gpp.org;branch=z9hG4bK2345678901, SIP/2.0/UDP pcscf2.3gpp.org;branch=z9hG4bk3456789012,
SIP/2.0/UDP caller.3gpp.org:6543;branch=z9hG4bk4567890123
Note that the branch values shown above are examples only. All of them must start with the magic cookie z9hG4bk but SS can build the rest of the string in a random way.
Record-Route
rec-route A1 <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSProtectedServerPort;lr>
rec-route A2 SIP URI with FQDN or IP address and unprotected server port of the SS (optional)
Record-Route In addition to the rec-route entry for the SS, the following rec-route entries are included:
rec-route <sip:[email protected];lr>, <sip:[email protected];lr>, <sip:pcscf2.3gpp.org;lr>
From
addr-spec A4 an SIP URI of the SS representing the calling UE
tag A4 any value (e.g. abc1)
addr-spec A5 SIP URI of SS (i.e. the remote UE) as used in any previous request in the same dialog (In the earlier requests within the same dialog this URI appears in To header within requests sent by the UE and in From
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 355
Header/param Cond Value/remark
header within requests sent by the SS)
tag A5 tag value corresponding to the SIP URI of the SS in the same dialog. (In the earlier requests within the same dialog this tag appears in To header within requests sent by the UE and in From header within requests sent by the SS)
To
addr-spec A4 SIP or TEL URI of the UE
tag A4 not present
addr-spec A5 SIP URI of the UE as used in any previous request in the same dialog (In the earlier requests within the same dialog this URI appears in From header within requests sent by the UE and in To header within requests sent by the SS)
tag A5 tag value corresponding to the SIP URI of the UE in the same dialog. (In the earlier requests within the same dialog this tag appears in From header within requests sent by the UE and in To header within requests sent by the SS)
Call-ID
callid A4 a random text string generated by the SS
callid A5 value of Call-ID as in any previous request in the same dialog
CSeq
value A4 any value (e.g. 4711)
value A5 value of CSeq sent by the SS within its previous request in the same dialog but increased by one
method INVITE
Supported
option-tag 100rel
P-Called-Party-ID One of the UE’s registered, non-barred public ID
Contact
addr-spec A1 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the calling UE, for example “sip:[email protected]:6543”
addr-spec A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of the calling UE
feature-param A3 +g.3gpp.icsi-ref="urn%3Aurn-7%3A3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel"
Content-Type
media-type application/sdp
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
356 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Accept
media-range A4 application/sdp, application/3gpp-ims+xml
P-Asserted-Service
Service-ID A3 urn:urn-7:3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel
Accept-Contact
ac-value A3 *;+g.3gpp.icsi-ref="urn%3Aurn-7%3A3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel"
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A3 UE supports MTSI (A.12/18 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A4 INVITE creating a dialog
A5 re-INVITE within a dialog
NOTE: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
Table 14-18: MO REFER
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method REFER
Request-URI same URI value as the SS has earlier sent in its Contact header within the same dialog
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP (when using UDP) or
SIP/2.0/TCP (when using TCP)
sent-by A1 IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the UE
A2 IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of the UE
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
Route order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
route-param A1 <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSProtectedServerPort;lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
A2 <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSUnprotectedServerPort (optional);lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 357
Header/param Cond Value/remark
From
addr-spec local SIP URI of the UE which must be the same URI as used for the UE in the earlier requests within the dialog
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the From header
To
addr-spec remote SIP URI of the SS which must be the same URI as used for SS in the earlier requests within the dialog.
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the To header
Call-ID
callid same value as in the first INVITE during the call setup
CSeq
value value of CSeq sent by the UE within its previous request in the same dialog but increased by one
method REFER
Require (header optional in A2)
option-tag A1 sec-agree
Proxy-Require (header optional in A2)
option-tag A1 sec-agree
Security-Verify A1 (not present in A2)
sec-mechanism same value as SecurityServer header sent by SS
Contact
addr-spec A1 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of UE or GRUU as returned by the SS in registration
A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of UE or GRUU as returned by the SS in registration
Refer-To
addr-spec SIP or Tel URI of the transfer target
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
P-Access-Network-Info A1 (header optional when A2)
access-net-spec access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Content-Length
Value length of message-body
358 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
Table 14-19: MT NOTIFY for Refer Package
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method NOTIFY
Request-URI same URI value which the UE sent in its Contact header within the REFER request
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
via-parm1:
Sent-protocol
SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by A1 IP address and protected server port of SS
sent-by A2 IP address and unprotected server port of SS (optional)
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
via-parm2: In addition to the via-parm entry for the SS, the following via-parm entries are included:
via-parm SIP/2.0/UDP scscf1.3gpp.org;branch=z9hG4bK1234567890, SIP/2.0/UDP scscf2.3gpp.org;branch=z9hG4bK2345678901, SIP/2.0/UDP pcscf2.3gpp.org;branch=z9hG4bk3456789012,
SIP/2.0/UDP uas.3gpp.org:6543;branch=z9hG4bk4567890123
Note that the branch values shown above are examples only. All of them must start with the magic cookie z9hG4bk but SS can build the rest of the string in a random way.
From
addr-spec SIP URI of the SS which must be the same URI as used for the SS in the earlier requests within the dialog
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the From header
To
addr-spec SIP URI of the UE which must be the same as used for the UE in the earlier requests within the dialog.
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the To header
Call-ID
callid same value as in the INVITE (and REFER) message
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 359
Header/param Cond Value/remark
CSeq A1,A2
value value of CSeq sent by the SS within its previous request in the same dialog but increased by one
method NOTIFY
Contact
addr-spec A1 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the SS (transferee)
addr-spec A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of the SS (transferee)
Content-Type
media-type message/sipfrag
Event A1,A2
event-type refer
Max-Forwards
value 69
Subscription-State
substate-value active
expires 300
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 3GPP TS 34.229-2 [5])
Table 14-20: MT REFER
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method REFER
Request-URI same URI value as that which the UE has earlier sent in its Contact header within the dialog created by the INVITE sent by the UE when initiating the call to be transferred
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
via-parm1:
Sent-protocol
SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
360 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
sent-by A1 IP address and protected server port of SS
sent-by A2 IP address and unprotected server port of SS (optional)
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
via-parm2: In addition to the via-parm entry for the SS, the following via-parm entries are included:
via-parm SIP/2.0/UDP scscf1.3gpp.org;branch=z9hG4bK1234567890, SIP/2.0/UDP scscf2.3gpp.org;branch=z9hG4bK2345678901, SIP/2.0/UDP pcscf2.3gpp.org;branch=z9hG4bk3456789012,
SIP/2.0/UDP uas.3gpp.org:6543;branch=z9hG4bk4567890123
Note that the branch values shown above are examples only. All of them must start with the magic cookie z9hG4bk but SS can build the rest of the string in a random way.
From
addr-spec SIP URI of the SS which must be the same URI as used for the SS in the earlier requests within the dialog created by the INVITE sent by the UE when initiating the call to be transferred
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the From header
To
addr-spec SIP URI of the UE which must be the same URI as used for UE in the earlier requests within the dialog created by the INVITE sent by the UE when initiating the call to be transferred
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the To header
Call-ID
callid same value as in the first INVITE sent by the UE during setup of the call to be transferred
CSeq
value value of CSeq sent by the SS within its previous request in the dialog created by the INVITE sent by the UE when initiating the call to be transferred, but increased by one
method REFER
Contact
addr-spec A1 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the SS (transferor)
A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of the SS (transferor)
Refer-To
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 361
Header/param Cond Value/remark
addr-spec SIP or Tel URI of the transfer target
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
P-Access-Network-Info A1 (header optional when A2)
access-net-spec access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Content-Length
Value length of message-body
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 TS 34.229-2 [5])
Table 14-21: MO NOTIFY for Refer Package
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method NOTIFY
Request-URI same URI value which the SS sent in its Contact header within the REFER request
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
sent-protocol
SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or
SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by A1 IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the UE
A2 IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of UE
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
Route order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
route-param A1 <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSProtectedServerPort;lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
A2 <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSUnprotectedServerPort (optional);lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr
From
addr-spec Local SIP URI of the UE which must be the same URI as used for the UE in the earlier requests within the dialog created by the INVITE sent by the UE when initiating the call to be transferred
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the From header
To
addr-spec Remote SIP URI of the SS which must be the same as used for the SS
362 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
in the earlier requests within the dialog created by the INVITE sent by the UE when initiating the call to be transferred.
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the To header
Call-ID
callid same value as in the INVITE (and REFER) message
CSeq A1,A2
value value of CSeq sent by the SS within its previous request in the dialog created by the INVITE sent by the UE when initiating the call to be transferred, but increased by one
method NOTIFY
Contact
addr-spec A1 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the UE or GRUU as returned by the SS in registration
addr-spec A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of UE or GRUU as returned by the SS in registration
Content-Type
media-type message/sipfrag
Event A1,A2
event-type refer
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
Subscription-State
substate-value active
expires non-zero value
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 TS 34.229-2 [5])
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 TS 34.229-2 [5])
Table 14-22: 181 Call is Being Forwarded
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 181
Reason-Phrase Call is being forwarded
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 363
Header/param Value/remark
Via
via-parm same value as received in INVITE message
From
addr-spec same value as received in INVITE message
tag same value as received in INVITE message
To
addr-spec same value as received in INVITE message
tag px_InviteToTag
History-Info
hi-targeted-to-uri <sip:[email protected]>
hi-index 1
Call-ID
callid same value as received in INVITE message
CSeq
value same value as received in INVITE message
Content-Length
value 0
Table 14-23: CANCEL
Header/param Value/remark
Request-Line
Method CANCEL
Request-URI same value as in the INVITE being cancelled
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
via-parm same value as in the INVITE being cancelled
From
addr-spec same value as in the INVITE being cancelled
Tag same value as in the INVITE being cancelled
To
addr-spec same value as in the INVITE being cancelled
tag same value as in the INVITE being cancelled
Call-ID
Callid same value as in the INVITE being cancelled
CSeq
364 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
Numeric value same value as received in INVITE message
Method CANCEL
Content-Length
Value 0
Table 14-24: 487 Request Terminated
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 487
Reason-Phrase Request Terminated
Via
via-parm same value as received in INVITE message
From
addr-spec same value as received in INVITE message
tag same value as received in INVITE message
To
addr-spec same value as received in INVITE message
tag px_InviteToTag
Call-ID
callid same value as received in INVITE message
CSeq
value same value as received in INVITE message
Content-Length
value 0
14.2.1.1 G.3 Generic Common Messages
Table 14-25: 200 OK for Requests other than REGISTER or SUBSCRIBE
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 200
Reason-Phrase OK
Via
via-parm same value as received in request
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 365
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Record-Route order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
rec-route A1,A2 <sip:pcscf.other.com;lr>, <sip:scscf.other.com;lr>,<sip:orig@px_scscf;lr>, <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSProtectedServerPort;lr>
rec-route A3,A4 <sip:pcscf.other.com;lr>, <sip:scscf.other.com;lr>,<sip:orig@px_scscf;lr>, <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSUnprotectedServerPort (optional);lr>
From
addr-spec same value as received in request
tag same value as received in request
To
addr-spec same value as received in request
tag same value as received in request or
px_InviteToTag added if missing from request
P-Asserted-Identity A6 px_EmergencyTelURI
addr-spec A tel URI that can be recognized as valid emergency numbers if dialled by the user are specified in 3GPP TS 22.101 [39]. The emergency numbers 112 and 911 are stored on the ME, in accordance with 3GPP TS 22.101 [39]
uri-parameter lr
Contact
addr-spec A1, A3 px_CalleeContactUri
addr-spec A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of UE
addr-spec A4 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of UE
Call-ID
callid same value as received in request
CSeq
value same value as received in request
P-Access-Network-Info
access-net-spec A5 access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Content-Length
value 0
Condition Explanation
A1 Response sent by SS for INVITE (IMS security ,A.6a/2 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
366 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Condition Explanation
A2 Response sent by UE for INVITE (IMS security ,A.6a/2 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
A3 Response sent by SS for INVITE (GIBA, A.6a/1 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
A4 Response sent by UE for INVITE (GIBA, A.6a/1 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
A5 Any response sent by the UE within a dialog
A6 Response sent by SS for INVITE for emergency call
Table 14-26: 403 FORBIDDEN
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 403
Reason-Phrase Forbidden
Via
via-parm same value as received in the previous REGISTER message
To
addr-spec same value as received in the previous REGISTER message
tag px_ToTagRegister
From
addr-spec same value as received in the previous REGISTER message
Call-ID
value same value as received in the previous REGISTER message
CSeq
value same value as received in the previous REGISTER message
Content-length
value 0
Table 14-27: 202 Accepted
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 202
Reason-Phrase Accepted
Via
via-parm same value as received in request
From
addr-spec same value as received in request
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 367
Header/param Value/remark
tag same value as received in request
To
addr-spec same value as received in request
tag same value as received in request
Call-ID
callid same value as received in request
CSeq
value same value as received in request
Content-Length
value 0
14.2.1.2 G.4 Other Default Messages
Table 14-28: 380 Alternative Service
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 380
Reason-Phrase Alternative Service
Via
via-parm same value as received in request
From
addr-spec same value as received in request
tag same value as received in request
To
addr-spec same value as received in request
tag same value as received in request or
px_InviteToTag added
P-Asserted-Identity
addr-spec px_pcscf
uri-parameter lr
Call-ID
callid same value as received in request
CSeq
value same value as received in request
368 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
Content-Length
value Length of message-body
Content-Type
media-type application/3gpp-ims+xml
Message-body <?xml version="1.0"?>
<ims-3gpp version="1">
<alternative-service>
<type>emergency</type>
<reason/>
</alternative-service>
</ims-3gpp>
Table 14-29: 503 Service Unavailable
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 503
Reason-Phrase Service Unavailable
Via
via-parm same value as received in request
From
addr-spec same value as received in request
tag same value as received in request
To
addr-spec same value as received in request
tag any arbitrary tag value added
Call-ID
callid same value as received in request
CSeq
value same value as received in request
Content-Length
value 0
Retry-after
period 60 (referred to as T in the test procedure and test requirement)
duration Not present
comment Not present
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 369
Table 14-30: PUBLISH
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method PUBLISH
Request-URI any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Route order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
route-param A1 <sip:px_pcscf:protected server port of P-CSCF;lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
route-param A2 <sip:px_pcscf: unprotected server port of P-CSCF (optional);lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by A1 IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the UE
sent-by A2 IP address or FQDN, port (optional) and not checked
via-branch value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag must be present, value not checked but stored for later reference
To
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag must not be present
Expires Optional
delta-seconds same as registration timer
Security-Verify A1
sec-mechanism same value as SecurityServer header sent by SS
Require A1 Optional
option-tag Not checked
Proxy-Require A1 Optional
option-tag Not checked
CSeq
value must be present, value not checked
method PUBLISH
Call-ID
callid value not checked, but stored for later reference
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
370 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
P-Access-Network-Info A1 (header optional when A2)
access-net-spec access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Event
event-type value not checked
SIP-If-Match optional
entry-tag
Content-Length
value length of request body, if such is present
Message-body optional
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
NOTE: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
Table 14-31: 200 OK for PUBLISH
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 200
Reason-Phrase OK
Via
via-parm same value as received in PUBLISH message
To
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag px_ToTagSubscribeDialog
From
addr-spec same value as received in PUBLISH message
tag same value as received in PUBLISH message
Call-ID
callid same value as received in PUBLISH message
CSeq
value same value as received in PUBLISH message
Contact
addr-spec <sip:px_scscf>
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 371
Header/param Value/remark
Expires
delta-seconds 600000
SIP-ETag
entry-tag unique generated tag for every request
Content-Length
value 0
Table 14-32: 302 Moved Temporarily
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 302
Reason-Phrase Moved Temporarily
Via
via-parm same value as received in request
From
addr-spec same value as received in request
tag same value as received in request
To
addr-spec same value as received in request
tag any arbitrary tag value added
Call-ID
callid same value as received in request
CSeq
value same value as received in request
Content-Length
value 0
Contact
addr-spec sip:[email protected]
Table 14-33: 504 Server Time-out
Header/param Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 504
Reason-Phrase Server Time-out
372 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Value/remark
Via
via-parm same value as received in request
From
addr-spec same value as received in request
tag same value as received in request
To
addr-spec same value as received in request
tag any arbitrary tag value added
P-Asserted-Identity
addr-spec px_scscf
uri-parameter lr
Call-ID
callid same value as received in request
CSeq
value same value as received in request
Content-Length
value Length of message-body
Content-Type
media-type application/3gpp-ims+xml
Message-body <?xml version="1.0"?>
<ims-3gpp version="1">
<alternative-service>
<type>restoration</type>
<reason/>
<action>initial-registration</action>
</alternative-service>
</ims-3gpp>
14.2.1.3 Default Messages for Conferencing
Table 14-34: SUBSCRIBE for Conference Event Package
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method SUBSCRIBE
Request-URI px_FinalConferenceUri
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 373
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Route order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
route-param A1 <sip:px_pcscf:protected server port of P-CSCF;lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
route-param A2 <sip:px_pcscf: unprotected server port of P-CSCF (optional);lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by A1 IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the UE
sent-by A2 IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of the UE
via-branch value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag must be present, value not checked but stored for later reference
To
addr-spec px_FinalConferenceUri
tag not present
Contact
addr-spec A1 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of UE
addr-spec A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of UE
Expires
delta-seconds must be present but value not checked
Security-Verify A1
sec-mechanism same value as SecurityServer header sent by SS
Require A1
option-tag sec-agree
Proxy-Require A1
option-tag sec-agree
CSeq
value must be present, value not checked
method SUBSCRIBE
Call-ID
callid value not checked, but stored for later reference
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
P-Access-Network-Info A1 (header optional when A2)
374 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
access-net-spec access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Accept
media-range application/conference-info+xml
Event
event-type conference
Content-Length
value length of request body, if such is present
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
NOTE: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
Table 14-35: 200 OK for SUBSCRIBE
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Status-Line
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Status-Code 200
Reason-Phrase OK
Via
via-parm same value as received in SUBSCRIBE message
To
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag px_ToTagSubscribeConferenceDialog
From
addr-spec same value as received in SUBSCRIBE message
tag same value as received in SUBSCRIBE message
Call-ID
callid same value as received in SUBSCRIBE message
CSeq
value same value as received in SUBSCRIBE message
Contact
addr-spec px_FinalConferenceUri
Expires
delta-seconds 7200
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 375
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Record-Route
addr-spec A1 px_pcscf: protected server port of SS
addr-spec A2 px_pcscf: unprotected server port of SS (optional)
uri-parameter Lr
Content-Length
value 0
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
NOTE: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
Table 14-36: NOTIFY for Conference Event Package
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method NOTIFY
Request-URI UE’s contact address in SIP URI form, as provided in the Contact header within the SUBSCRIBE creating the dialog
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
via-parm1:
Sent-protocol
SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by A1 IP address and protected server port of SS
sent-by A2 IP address and unprotected server port of SS (optional)
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
via-parm2:
sent-protocol
SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by px_scscf
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec px_FinalConferenceUri
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the From header
376 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
To
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the To header
Call-ID
callid same as value received in SUBSCRIBE message
CSeq A1,A2
value value of CSeq sent by the SS within its previous request in the same dialog but increased by one
method NOTIFY
Contact
addr-spec px_FinalConferenceUri
Content-Type
media-type application/conference-info+xml
Event A1,A2
event-type conference
Max-Forwards
value 69
Subscription-State
substate-value active
expires 7200
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Message-body <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<conference-info xmlns="urn:ietf:params:xml:ns:conference-info">
entity="px_FinalConferenceUri"
state="full"
version="0"
<users>
<user entity="any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM">
<endpoint entity=" Contact URI of the UE">
<status>connected</status>
<joining-method>dialed-in</joining-method>
<media id="1">
<type>audio</type>
<label>34567</label>
<src-id>SSRC of UE's RTP packets</src-id>
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 377
Header/param Cond Value/remark
<status>sendrecv</status>
</media>
</endpoint>
</users>
</conference-info>
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1 TS 34.229-2 [5]))
NOTE: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
14.2.1.4 Default Messages for Message Waiting Indication
Table 14-37: SUBSCRIBE for Message-Summary Event Package
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method SUBSCRIBE
Request-URI any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM or px_MessageAccountIdentity.
UE shall use px_MessageAccountIdentity when that is configured to the phone as Public service identity of the message account.
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Route order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
route-param A1 <sip:px_pcscf:protected server port of P-CSCF;lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
route-param A2 <sip:px_pcscf: unprotected server port of P-CSCF (optional);lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by A1 IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the UE
sent-by A2 IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of the UE
via-branch value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag must be present, value not checked but stored for later reference
To
378 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM or px_MessageAccountIdentity.
UE shall use px_MessageAccountIdentity when that is configured to the phone as Public service identity of the message account.
tag not present
Contact
addr-spec A1 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and protected server port of UE
addr-spec A2 SIP URI with IP address or FQDN and unprotected server port of UE
Expires
delta-seconds must be present but value not checked
Security-Verify A1
sec-mechanism same value as SecurityServer header sent by SS
Require A1
option-tag sec-agree
Proxy-Require A1
option-tag sec-agree
CSeq
value must be present, value not checked
method SUBSCRIBE
Call-ID
callid value not checked, but stored for later reference
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
P-Access-Network-Info A1 (header optional when A2)
access-net-spec access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Accept
media-range application/simple-message-summary
Event
event-type message-summary
Content-Length
value length of request body, if such is present
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2)
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 379
Condition Explanation
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1)
NOTE: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
Table 14-38: NOTIFY for Message-Summary Event Package
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method NOTIFY
Request-URI UE’s contact address in SIP URI form, as provided in the Contact header within the SUBSCRIBE creating the dialog
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via order of the parameters in this header must be like in this table
via-parm1:
Sent-protocol
SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by A1 IP address and protected server port of SS
sent-by A2 IP address and unprotected server port of SS (optional)
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
via-parm2:
sent-protocol
SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by px_scscf
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
via-parm3:
sent-protocol
SIP/2.0/UDP when using UDP or SIP/2.0/TCP when using TCP
sent-by px_MessageServerDomainName
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM or px_MessageAccountIdentity.
SS shall use px_MessageAccountIdentity when that is configured to the phone as Public service identity of the message account.
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the From header
To
380 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag tag value corresponding to the SIP URI in the To header
Call-ID
callid same as value received in SUBSCRIBE message
CSeq A1,A2
value value of CSeq sent by the SS within its previous request in the same dialog but increased by one
method NOTIFY
Contact
addr-spec px_MessageServerContactUri
Content-Type
media-type application/simple-message-summary
Event A1,A2
event-type message-summary
Max-Forwards
value 69
Subscription-State
substate-value active
expires 7200
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Message-body Messages-Waiting: no
Message-Account: any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM or px_MessageAccountIdentity as in From header
Condition Explanation
A1 IMS security (A.6a/2)
A2 GIBA (A.6a/1)
NOTE: All choices for applicable conditions are described for each header.
14.2.1.5 Default Messages for SMS
Table 14-39: MESSAGE for MT SMS
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 381
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Method MESSAGE
Request-URI UE’s registered contact address in SIP URI form, as provided in the Contact header of the REGISTER message
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP
sent-by px_pcscf:px_SSProtectedServerPort
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec a SIP URI of the SS
tag any value
To
addr-spec SIP URI of the UE
tag not present
Call-ID
callid a random text string generated by the SS
CSeq
value any value
method MESSAGE
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
Accept-Contact
ac-value +g.3gpp.smsip;require;explicit
Request-Disposition
fork-directive no-fork
P-Asserted-Identity
addr-spec a SIP URI of the SS representing IP-SM-GW
P-Called-Party-ID
called-pty-id-spec UE’s registered contact address in SIP URI form, as provided in the Contact header of the REGISTER message
Content-Type
media-type application/vnd.3gpp.sms
Content-Length
value length of message-body
382 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Message-body RP-DATA message including a SMS-DELIVER TPDU equal to px_MT_SMS if px_MT_SMS_defined is set to ‘TRUE’
otherwise
- TP-MTI=’00’B
- TP-MMS=’1’B (No more messages are waiting for the MS in this SC)
- TP-RP=any allowed value
- TP-OA=any allowed value
- TP-PID=any allowed value
- TP-DCS=any allowed value
- TP-SCTS=any allowed value
- TP-UDL=set according to length of TP-UD field
- TP-UD=a valid SMS generated by SS
Table 14-40: MESSAGE for Delivery Report
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method MESSAGE
Request-URI same URI as received in G.7.1
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP
sent-by not checked
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec a SIP URI of the SS representing the calling UE
tag any value
To
addr-spec SIP URI of the SS
tag not present
Call-ID
callid not checked
CSeq
value any value
method MESSAGE
Max-Forwards
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 383
Header/param Cond Value/remark
value non-zero value
Content-Type
media-type application/vnd.3gpp.sms
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Message-body RP-ACK message with RP-User Data including a SMS-DELIVER-REPORT TPDU
- TP-MTI=’00’B
- TP-PI=any allowed value
Table 14-41: MESSAGE for MO SMS
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method MESSAGE
Request-URI px_psi_SMSC
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP
sent-by IP address or FQDN and protected server port of the UE
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec any SIP URI
tag any value
To
addr-spec px_CalleeUri
tag not present
Call-ID
callid must be present, value not checked
CSeq
value any value
method MESSAGE
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
P-Access-Network-Info
384 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
access-net-spec
access network technology and, if applicable, the cell ID
Route
route-param <sip:px_pcscf:px_SSProtectedServerPort;lr>, <sip:px_scscf;lr>
Content-Type
media-type application/vnd.3gpp.sms
Content-Length
Value length of message-body
Message-body
RP-DATA message with RP-User Data set to SMS-SUBMIT type equal to px_MO_SMS if px_MO_SMS_defined is set to ‘TRUE’
otherwise:
- TP-MTI=’ 01’B (SMS-SUBMIT)
- TP-RD=any allowed value
- TP-VPF=any allowed value
- TP-RP=any allowed value
- TP-MR=any allowed value
- TP-DA=any allowed value
- TP-PID=any allowed value
- TP-DCS=any allowed value
- TP-UDL=set according to length of TP-UD field
- TP-UD=must be present and non-empty
Table 14-42: Submission Report for MO SMS
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method MESSAGE
Request-URI UE's registered contact address in SIP URI form, as provided in the Contact header of the REGISTER messageSIP/2.0
SIP-Version MESSAGE
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP
sent-by not checked
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec a SIP URI of the SS
Tag any value
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 385
Header/param Cond Value/remark
To
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag must not be present
Call-ID
Callid any value
In-Reply-to
callid any value
Cseq
value any value
method MESSAGE
Max-Forwards
Value non-zero value
Request-Disposition
fork-directive Fork
P-Called-Party-ID
value any value
P-Asserted-Identity
value px_psi_SMSC
Content-Type
media-type application/vnd.3gpp.sms
Content-Length
Value length of message-body
Message-body RP-ACK message with RP-User Data including SMS-SUBMIT-REPORT:
- TP-MTI=‘01’B (SMS-SUBMIT-REPORT)
- TP-PI=‘00000000’B
- TP-SCTS=set by the SS (encoded as specified in TS 23.040 clause 9.2.3.11)
Table 14-43: Status Report for MO SMS
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method MESSAGE
Request-URI UE's registered contact address in SIP URI form, as provided in the Contact header of the REGISTER message
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
386 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP
sent-by not checked
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec a SIP URI of the SS
Tag any value
To
addr-spec any IMPU within the set of IMPUs on ISIM
tag must not be present
Call-ID
Callid any value
P-Asserted-Identity
addr-spec px_psi_SMSC
Cseq
Value any value
method MESSAGE
Max-Forwards
Value non-zero value
Request-Disposition
fork-directive no-fork
Accept-Contact
ac-value +g.3gpp.smsip;require;explicit
Content-Type
media-type application/vnd.3gpp.sms
Content-Length
Value length of message-body
Message-body RP-DATA message with RP-User Data including SMS-STATUS-REPORT:
- TP-MTI=’10’B (SMS-STATUS-REPORT)
- TP-MMS=’0’B
- TP-SRQ=’0’B
- TP-MR=same value as that set by the UE in the RP-DATA of the MO SMS
- TP-RA=same value as the TP-DA set by the UE in the RP-DATA of
Chapter Twelve: Appendix E | 387
Header/param Cond Value/remark
the MO SMS
- TP-SCTS=same value as that set by the SS in the RP-ACK acknowledging the MO SMS
- TP-DT=set by the SS (encoded as specified in TS 23.040 clause 9.2.3.11)
- TP-ST=’0000000’B (Short message received by the SME)
Table 14-44: Delivery Report for MO SMS
Header/param Cond Value/remark
Request-Line
Method MESSAGE
Request-URI same URI as received in G.7.5
SIP-Version SIP/2.0
Via
sent-protocol SIP/2.0/UDP
sent-by not checked
via-branch
value starting with ‘z9hG4bk’
From
addr-spec a SIP URI of the SS representing the calling UE
tag any value
To
addr-spec SIP URI of SS
tag not present
Call-ID
callid not checked
CSeq
value any value
method MESSAGE
Max-Forwards
value non-zero value
Content-Type
media-type application/vnd.3gpp.sms
Content-Length
value length of message-body
Message-body RP-ACK message with RP-User Data including a SMS-DELIVER-REPORT TPDU:
388 | CS8 Test Sets: Reference Manual
Header/param Cond Value/remark
- TP-MTI=’00’B (SMS-DELIVER-REPORT)
- TP-PI=any allowed value
Table 14-45: RP-DATA Message (UE to Network)
Information Element Value/Remark
RP-Message Type ‘000’B
RP-Message Reference Any valid value
RP-Originator Address 0 length address
RP-Destination Address px_SMSC_addr
RP-User Data Any valid value